SBC Code 305 Masonary

Saudi Building Code for Masonry Structures
SBC 305
Key List of the Saudi Codes: Designations and brief titles
Title Code Req.1 Code & Com.2 Arabic Prov. 3
The General Building Code SBC 201-CR SBC 201-CC SBC 201-AR
Structural – Loading and Forces SBC 301-CR SBC 301-CC SBC 301-AR
Structural – Construction SBC 302- CR SBC 302-AR
Structural – Soil and Foundations SBC 303- CR SBC 303-CC SBC 303-AR
Structural – Concrete Structures SBC 304- CR SBC 304-CC SBC 304-AR
Structural – Masonry
SBC 305-CR SBC 305-CC SBC 305-AR
Structures
Structural – Steel Structures
Electrical Code SBC 401-CR SBC 401-AR
Mechanical Code SBC 501- CR SBC 501-CC SBC 501-AR
Energy Conservation-
SBC 601- CC SBC 601- AR
Nonresidential
Energy Conservation-Residential SBC 602- CC SBC 602- AR
Plumbing Code SBC 701- CR SBC 701-CC SBC 701-AR
Private sewage Code SBC 702- CR SBC 702-AR
Fire Code SBC 801- CR SBC 801-CC SBC 801-AR
Existing Buildings Code SBC 901- CR SBC 901-CC SBC 901-AR
Green Construction Code SBC 1001- CR SBC 1001-CC SBC 1001-AR
Residential Building Code* SBC 1101- CR SBC 1101-CC SBC 1101-AR
Fuel Gas Code* SBC 1201- CR SBC 1201-CC SBC 1201-AR
1. CR: Code Requirements without Commentary
2. CC: Code Requirements with Commentary
3. AR: Arabic Code Provisions
* Under Development
COPYRIGHT © 2018
by
The Saudi Building Code National Committee (SBCNC).
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. All intellectual property rights of this Saudi Code is owned by the
National Committee of Saudi Building Code as per the regulations of the intellectual property system
in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. No part of this code may be reproduced, distributed or leased in any
form or by any means, including but not limited to publishing on cloud sites, computer networks or
any electronic means of communication, without prior written permission from the National
Committee for the Saudi Building Code. The purchase of an electronic or paper copy does not exempt
the individual or entity from complying with the above limitations.
SBC 305-CR-18 i
TECHNICAL COMMITTEE (SBC 305):
1 Prof. Magdy Kamel Moustafa Chairman
2 Dr. Ali H. Altheeb Member
3 Dr. Ahmed K. El-Sayed Member
4 Dr. Aref Abadel Member
5 Dr. Fahid Aslam Member
REVIEW COMMITTEE:
1 Dr. Naif M. Alabbadi Chairman
2 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Member
3 Dr. Abdulrahman G. Al-enizi Member
4 Eng. Saeed K. Kadasah Member
5 Eng. Tawifik I. Aljrayed Member
TECHNICAL EDITING COMMITTEE:

1 Prof. Ahmed B. Shuraim Chairman
2 Dr. Abdallah M. Al-Shehri Member
SAUDI BUILDING CODE NATIONAL COMMITTEE (SBCNC): 3 Eng. Tawifik I. Aljrayed Member
1 H. E. Dr. Saad O. AlKasabi Chairman
2 Dr. Naif M. Alabbadi Vice Chairman
3 Dr. Abdulrahman G. Al-enizi Member EDITORIAL SUPPORT:
4 Engr. Saeed K. Kadasah Member Prof. Nadeem A. Siddiqui Dr. Ali H. Altheeb
5 Dr. Hassan S. Alhazmi Member
6 Engr. Badr S. AL-maayoof Member
7 Engr. Fayez A. Alghamdi Member
8 Engr. Mohammed A. Alwaily Member
9 Dr. Bandar S. Alkahlan Member
10 Engr. Ahmad N. Hassan Member
11 Engr. Abdulnasser S. Alabdullatif Member
12 Dr. Hani M. Zahran Member
13 Engr. Khalifa S. Alyahyai Member
14 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Member
15 Dr. Ibrahim O. Habiballah Member
16 Dr. Saeed A. Asiri Member
17 Dr. Abdallah M. Al-Shehri Member
18 Engr. Saad S. Shuail Member
ADVISORY COMMITTEE :
1 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Chairman

2 Eng. Khalifa S. Alyahyai Vice Chairman
3 Dr. Hani M. Zahran Member
4 Prof. Ali A. Shash Member
5 Prof. Ahmed B. Shuraim Member
6 Dr. Khalid M. Wazira Member
7 Dr. Abdulhameed A. Al Ohaly Member
8 Dr. Hamza A. Ghulman Member
9 Engr. Hakam A. Al-Aqily Member
10 Prof. Saleh F. Magram Member
11 Engr. Nasser M. Al-Dossari Member
12 Dr. Waleed H. Khushefati Member
13 Dr. Waleed M. Abanomi Member
14 Dr. Fahad S. Al-Lahaim Member
SBC 305-CR-18 ii
PREFACE
PREFACE
The Saudi Building Code for Masonry Structures (SBC 305) provides minimum requirements for the
structural design and construction of masonry elements consisting of masonry units bedded in mortar.
The first edition of SBC 305 was published in the year of 2007. SBC 305-18 is the second edition SBC
305 and addresses the structural design of both structural and non-structural masonry elements. The
nonstructural elements are primarily masonry veneer, glass unit masonry, and masonry partitions.
Structural design aspects of non-structural masonry elements include, but are not limited to, gravity
and lateral support, and load transfer to supporting elements. The requirements provided in SBC 305
are related to contract documents; quality assurance; materials; placement of embedded items; analysis
and design; strength and serviceability; flexural and axial loads; shear; details and development of
reinforcement; walls; columns; pilasters; beams and lintels; seismic design requirements; glass unit
masonry; and veneers. An empirical design method applicable to buildings meeting specific location
and construction criteria is also included in this Code.
The current edition of the Code has been substantially reorganized and reformatted relative to its 2007
edition. The code is reorganized into five parts, 14 chapters and six appendices. The reorganization
was in response to past requests concerning the difficulty in finding provisions. The new layout is more
user-friendly and will better facilitate the use of the design provisions.
ACI 530/530.1-13 is the base code in the development of this Code. Saudi Building Code National
Committee (SBCNC) has made an agreement with the ACI to use their materials and modify them as
per the local construction needs and regulatory requirements of Saudi Arabia. ACI is not responsible
for any modifications or changes the SBCNC has made to accommodate local conditions.
The writing process of SBC 305-18 followed the methodology approved by the Saudi Building Code
National Committee. Many changes and modifications were made in its base code (ACI 530/530.1-
13) to meet the local weather, materials, construction and regulatory requirements.
The committees responsible for SBC 305 Code have taken all precautions to avoid ambiguities,
omissions, and errors in the document. Despite these efforts, the users of SBC 305 may find
information or requirements that may be subject to more than one interpretation or may be incomplete.
The SBCNC alone possesses the authority and responsibility for updating, modifying and interpreting
the Code.
It is a common assumption that engineering knowledge is a prerequisite in understanding code

provisions and requirements; thus, the code is oriented towards individuals who possess the
SBC 305-CR-18 iii

PREFACE
background knowledge to evaluate the significance and limitations of its content and
recommendations. They shall be able to determine the applicability of all regulatory limitations before
applying the Code and must comply with all applicable laws and regulations.
The requirements related to administration and enforcement of this Code are advisory only. SBCNC
and governmental organizations, in charge of enforcing this Code, possess the authority to modify
these administrative requirements.
SBC 305-CR-18 iv
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
The entire SBC 305-18 is divided into 14 chapters and six appendices. A brief outline of these chapters
and appendices is given below:
Chapter 1. General Requirements—This chapter includes a number of provisions that explain

where SBC 305 Code applies and how it is to be interpreted. It also lists some of the important items
of information that must be included in the project drawings or project specifications. All the
Standards, or specific sections thereof, cited in this Code, including Appendices, are also listed in this
chapter.
Chapter 2. Notation and Definitions—This chapter lists all the notations that were used in the Code
and Commentary. The various terminologies used in the Code are also defined in this chapter.
Chapter 3. Quality and Construction—This chapter provides the details of a quality assurance
program by which the quality of masonry construction is monitored. This chapter is very important
because masonry design provisions in the Code are valid when the quality of masonry construction
meets or exceeds that described in the specification.
Chapter 4. General Analysis and Design Considerations— In this chapter requirements of design
loads, structural analysis procedures, material properties, and section properties are provided to
transfer forces safely from the point of application to the final point of resistance. The chapter also
explicitly emphasizes that masonry walls shall not be connected to structural frames unless the
connections and walls are designed to resist design interconnecting forces and to accommodate
calculated deflections.
Chapter 5. Structural Elements—This chapter provides the requirements for the design of masonry
assemblies, beams, columns, pilasters, and corbels.
Chapter 6. Reinforcement, Metal Accessories, and Anchor Bolts—The requirements for steel
reinforcement, metal accessories and anchor bolts are provided in this chapter. Requirements of
reinforcement and metal accessories include requirements related to embedment, size of
reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, protection of reinforcement and metal accessories,
standard hooks, and bend diameter for reinforcing bars. The requirements for headed and bent-bar
anchor bolts are also provided under the heading of Anchor Bolts.
Chapter 7. Seismic Design Requirements—This chapter provides requirements for the design and
construction of masonry assigned to seismic loads. The requirements of this chapter do not apply to
the design or detailing of masonry veneers or glass unit masonry systems. Seismic requirements for
SBC 305-CR-18 v
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
masonry veneers are provided in Chapter 12. Glass unit masonry systems, by definition and design,
are isolated, non-load-bearing elements and therefore cannot be used to resist seismic loads other than
those induced by their own mass.
Chapter 8. Allowable Stress Design of Masonry—This chapter provides requirements for

allowable stress design of masonry, in which the calculated stresses resulting from nominal loads must
not exceed permissible masonry and steel stresses.
Chapter 9. Strength Design of Masonry—This chapter provides minimum requirements for

strength design of masonry, in which internal forces resulting from the application of factored loads
must not exceed design strength (nominal member strength reduced by a strength-reduction factor ϕ).
Chapter 10. Prestressed Masonry—Prestressed Masonry requirements are omitted from the current
version of the code as they may not be of practical use in Saudi Arabia.
Chapter 11. Strength Design of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) Masonry— This chapter
provides minimum requirements for the design of AAC masonry. According to this chapter, AAC
masonry members shall be proportioned so that the design strength equals or exceeds the required
strength. Design strength is the nominal strength multiplied by the strength-reduction factor, ϕ and
required strength shall be determined in accordance with the strength design load combinations of SBC
301.
Chapter 12. Veneer—A masonry wythe that provides the exterior finish of a wall system and
transfers out-of-plane load directly to a backing, but is not considered to add strength or stiffness to
the wall system, is called Veneer. There are two common types of masonry veneer: (1) anchored
masonry veneer, and (2) adhered masonry veneer. This chapter provides requirements for design and
detailing of both types of masonry veneer.
Chapter 13. Glass Unit Masonry—Glass unit masonry is used as a non-load-bearing element in
interior and exterior walls, partitions, window openings, and as an architectural feature. This chapter
provides requirements for the empirical design of glass unit masonry as non-load-bearing elements in
exterior or interior walls.
Chapter 14. Masonry Partition Walls—This chapter provides requirements for the design of
masonry partition walls. These design requirements are prescriptive in nature and based on the
condition that vertical loads are reasonably centered on the walls and lateral loads are limited. Members
not participating in the lateral-force-resisting system of a building may be designed by the prescriptive
SBC 305-CR-18 vi
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
provisions of this chapter even though the lateral-force-resisting system is designed under another
chapter.
Appendix A. Empirical Design of Masonry—This appendix provides requirements for the empirical
design of masonry.
Appendix B. Design of Masonry Infill—Appendix B provides minimum requirements for the

structural design of concrete masonry, clay masonry, and AAC masonry infills, either non-
participating or participating.
Appendix C. Limit Design Method—This appendix provides alternative design provisions, called
limit state design provisions, for special reinforced masonry shear walls subjected to in-plane seismic
loading. The limit design is considered to be particularly useful for perforated wall configurations for
which a representative yield mechanism can be determined.
Appendix D. Masonry Fireplaces—This appendix provides the provisions for the design and
construction of masonry fireplaces, consisting of concrete or masonry (referred to as “masonry
fireplaces”).
Appendix E. Masonry Heaters— Masonry heaters are appliances designed to absorb and store heat
from a relatively small fire and to radiate that heat into the building interior. They are thermally more
efficient than traditional fireplaces because of their design. Interior passageways through the heater
allow hot exhaust gases from the fire to transfer heat into the masonry, which then radiates into the
building. Masonry heaters shall be designed and installed in accordance with this appendix.
Appendix F. Masonry Chimneys—The construction of masonry chimneys consisting of solid

masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone or concrete shall be in
SBC 305-CR-18 vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE TO SBC 305-18 ................................................................................................................................ III

SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS ............................................................................................................................... V
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................................... VIII
PART 1 —GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................... 1
CHAPTER 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 2
1.1 —SCOPE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.2 —CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND CALCULATIONS ......................................................................................................... 2
1.3 —APPROVAL OF SPECIAL SYSTEMS OF DESIGN OR CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................. 2
1.4 —STANDARDS CITED IN THIS CODE ............................................................................................................................ 2
CHAPTER 2 —NOTATION AND DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................ 4
2.1 —NOTATION ............................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 —DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................................... 6
CHAPTER 3 —QUALITY AND CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................... 11
3.1 —QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM ........................................................................................................................... 11
3.2 —CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................................................................ 11
PART 2 —DESIGN REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................................ 17
CHAPTER 4 —GENERAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ................................................... 18
4.1 —LOADING ............................................................................................................................................................... 18
4.2 —MATERIAL PROPERTIES ......................................................................................................................................... 18
4.3 —SECTION PROPERTIES ............................................................................................................................................ 19
4.4 —CONNECTION TO STRUCTURAL FRAMES ................................................................................................................ 19
4.5 —MASONRY NOT LAID IN RUNNING BOND ................................................................................................................ 19
CHAPTER 5 —STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS .................................................................................................... 21
5.1 —MASONRY ASSEMBLIES ......................................................................................................................................... 21
5.2 —BEAMS .................................................................................................................................................................. 22
5.3 —COLUMNS.............................................................................................................................................................. 24
5.4 —PILASTERS ............................................................................................................................................................. 24
5.5 —CORBELS ............................................................................................................................................................... 24
CHAPTER 6 —REINFORCEMENT, METAL ACCESSORIES, AND ANCHOR BOLTS ................................ 26
6.1 —DETAILS OF REINFORCEMENT AND METAL ACCESSORIES ...................................................................................... 26
6.2 —ANCHOR BOLTS ..................................................................................................................................................... 27
CHAPTER 7 —SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................... 30
7.1 —SCOPE ................................................................................................................................................................... 30
7.2 —GENERAL ANALYSIS .............................................................................................................................................. 30
7.3 —ELEMENT CLASSIFICATION .................................................................................................................................... 30
7.4 —SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 32
PART 3 —ENGINEERED DESIGN METHOD .................................................................................................. 35
CHAPTER 8 —ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN OF MASONRY ................................................................... 36
8.1 —GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 36
8.2 —UNREINFORCED MASONRY .................................................................................................................................... 39
8.3 —REINFORCED MASONRY......................................................................................................................................... 40
CHAPTER 9 —STRENGTH DESIGN OF MASONRY ..................................................................................... 44
9.1 —GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 44
9.2 —UNREINFORCED (PLAIN) MASONRY ....................................................................................................................... 46
9.3 —REINFORCED MASONRY......................................................................................................................................... 47
SBC 305-CR-18 viii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 10 —PRESTRESSED MASONRY ................................................................................................. 56

CHAPTER 11 —STRENGTH DESIGN OF AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC) MASONRY ...... 57
11.1 —GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 57
11.2 —UNREINFORCED (PLAIN) AAC MASONRY ............................................................................................................ 58
11.3 —REINFORCED AAC MASONRY ............................................................................................................................. 59
PART 4 —PRESCRIPTIVE DESIGN METHOD ............................................................................................... 66
CHAPTER 12 —VENEER ................................................................................................................................. 67
12.1 —GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 67
12.2 —ANCHORED VENEER ............................................................................................................................................ 67
12.3 —ADHERED VENEER ............................................................................................................................................... 70
CHAPTER 13 —GLASS UNIT MASONRY ...................................................................................................... 71
13.1 —GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 71
13.2 —PANEL SIZE.......................................................................................................................................................... 71
13.3 —SUPPORT ............................................................................................................................................................. 71
13.4 —EXPANSION JOINTS .............................................................................................................................................. 72
13.5 —BASE SURFACE TREATMENT ................................................................................................................................ 72
13.6 —MORTAR ............................................................................................................................................................. 72
13.7 —REINFORCEMENT................................................................................................................................................. 72
CHAPTER 14 —MASONRY PARTITION WALLS ........................................................................................... 74
14.1 —GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 74
14.2 —PRESCRIPTIVE DESIGN OF PARTITION WALLS ....................................................................................................... 74
14.3 —LATERAL SUPPORT .............................................................................................................................................. 74
14.4 —ANCHORAGE ....................................................................................................................................................... 75
14.5 —MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................................... 75
PART 5 —APPENDICES .................................................................................................................................. 77
APPENDIX A —EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY .................................................................................... 78
A.1 —GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................. 78
A.2 —HEIGHT ................................................................................................................................................................ 78
A.3 —LATERAL STABILITY ............................................................................................................................................. 78
A.4 —COMPRESSIVE STRESS REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................. 78
A.5 —LATERAL SUPPORT ............................................................................................................................................... 79
A.6 —THICKNESS OF MASONRY ..................................................................................................................................... 79
A.7 —BOND ................................................................................................................................................................... 80
A.8 —ANCHORAGE ........................................................................................................................................................ 81
A.9 —MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 82
APPENDIX B —DESIGN OF MASONRY INFILL ............................................................................................ 88
B.1 —GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................. 88
B.2 —NON-PARTICIPATING INFILLS ................................................................................................................................ 88
B.3 —PARTICIPATING INFILLS ........................................................................................................................................ 88
APPENDIX C —LIMIT DESIGN METHOD ....................................................................................................... 91
C.0 —GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................. 91
C.1 —YIELD MECHANISM ............................................................................................................................................... 91
C.2 —MECHANISM STRENGTH........................................................................................................................................ 91
C.3 —MECHANISM DEFORMATION ................................................................................................................................. 91
APPENDIX D —MASONRY FIREPLACES ...................................................................................................... 92
D.1 —GENERAL. ............................................................................................................................................................ 92
D.2 —FIREPLACE DRAWINGS. ........................................................................................................................................ 92
D.3 —FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS.............................................................................................................................. 92
D.4 —SEISMIC REINFORCEMENT .................................................................................................................................... 92
D.5 —SEISMIC ANCHORAGE ........................................................................................................................................... 92
D.6 —FIREBOX WALLS ................................................................................................................................................... 92
SBC 305-CR-18 ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
D.7 —FIREBOX DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 93

D.8 —LINTEL AND THROAT ............................................................................................................................................ 93
D.9 —SMOKE CHAMBER WALLS ..................................................................................................................................... 93
D.10 —HEARTH AND HEARTH EXTENSION ..................................................................................................................... 93
D.11 —HEARTH EXTENSION DIMENSIONS ...................................................................................................................... 93
D.12 —FIREPLACE CLEARANCE...................................................................................................................................... 93
D.13 —FIREPLACE FIRE BLOCKING ................................................................................................................................ 94
D.14 —EXTERIOR AIR .................................................................................................................................................... 94
APPENDIX E —MASONRY HEATERS............................................................................................................ 96
E.1 —DEFINITION ........................................................................................................................................................... 96
E.2 —INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................................................................... 96
E.3 —FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION ................................................................................................................................ 96
E.4 —SEISMIC REINFORCING .......................................................................................................................................... 96
E.5 —MASONRY HEATER CLEARANCE ........................................................................................................................... 96
APPENDIX F —MASONRY CHIMNEYS .......................................................................................................... 97
F.1 —GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 97
F.2 —FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS .............................................................................................................................. 97
F.3 —SEISMIC REINFORCEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 97
F.4 —SEISMIC ANCHORAGE ............................................................................................................................................ 97
F.5 —CORBELING ........................................................................................................................................................... 97
F.6 —CHANGES IN DIMENSION ....................................................................................................................................... 97
F.7 —OFFSETS ................................................................................................................................................................ 97
F.8 —ADDITIONAL LOAD ............................................................................................................................................... 98
F.9 —TERMINATION ....................................................................................................................................................... 98
F.10 —WALL THICKNESS ............................................................................................................................................... 98
F.11 —FLUE LINING (MATERIAL).................................................................................................................................... 98
F.12 —CLAY FLUE LINING (INSTALLATION) ................................................................................................................... 99
F.13 —ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................................................. 99
F.14 —MULTIPLE FLUES................................................................................................................................................. 99
F.15 —FLUE AREA (APPLIANCE) ................................................................................................................................... 100
F.16 —FLUE AREA (MASONRY FIREPLACE)................................................................................................................... 100
F.17 —INLET ................................................................................................................................................................ 100
F.18 —MASONRY CHIMNEY CLEANOUT OPENINGS ....................................................................................................... 100
F.19 —CHIMNEY CLEARANCES .................................................................................................................................... 100
F.20 —CHIMNEY FIRE BLOCKING ................................................................................................................................. 100
SBC 305-CR-18 x
PART 1—GENERAL
PART 1—GENERAL
SBC 305-CR-18 1
CHAPTER 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(i) Size and permitted location of conduits,

1.1—Scope pipes, and sleeves.
1.1.1 Minimum requirements 1.2.2 Each portion of the structure shall be
The Saudi Building Code for Masonry Structures designed based on the specified compressive
referred to as SBC 305 provides minimum strength of masonry for that part of the structure,
requirements for the structural design and except for portions designed in accordance with
construction of masonry elements consisting of Part 4 or Appendix A.
masonry units bedded in mortar.
1.2.3 The contract documents shall be consistent
1.1.2 Governing building code with design assumptions.
SBC 305 shall govern in matters pertaining to 1.2.4 Contract documents shall specify the
structural design and construction of masonry minimum level of quality assurance as defined in
elements. In areas without a legally adopted Section 3.1, or shall include an itemized quality
building code, this Code defines the minimum assurance program that equals or exceeds the
acceptable standards of design and construction requirements of Section 3.1.
practice.
1.3—Approval of special systems of
1.1.3 Unit information design or construction
The equations in this document are for use with the Sponsors of any system of design or construction
specified mm-newton units within the scope of this Code, the adequacy of
1.2—Contract documents and which has been shown by successful use or by
analysis or test, but that does not conform to or is
calculations
not addressed by this Code, shall have the right to
1.2.1 Show all Code-required drawing items on present the data on which their design is based to a
the project drawings, including: board of examiners appointed by the building
official. The board shall be composed of licensed
(a) Name and date of issue of Code and
design professionals and shall have authority to
supplement to which the design conforms.
investigate the submitted data, require tests, and
(b) Loads used for the design of masonry
formulate rules governing design and construction
structures.
of such systems to meet the intent of this Code. The
(c) Specified compressive strength of masonry
rules, when approved and promulgated by the
at stated ages or stages of construction for
building official, shall be of the same force and
which masonry is designed, for each part of
effect as the provisions of this Code.
the structure, except for masonry designed
in accordance with Part 4 or Appendix A. 1.4—Standards cited in this Code
(d) Size and location of structural elements.
Standards of the American Concrete Institute, the
(e) Details of anchorage of masonry to
American Society of Civil Engineers, ASTM
structural members, frames, and other
International, the American Welding Society, and
construction, including the type, size, and
The Masonry Society cited in this Code are listed
location of connectors.
below with their serial designations, including year
(f) Details of reinforcement, including the size,
of adoption or revision, and are declared to be part
grade, type, lap splice length, and location
of this Code as if fully set forth in this document.
of reinforcement.
(g) Reinforcing bars to be welded and welding TMS 602-13/ACI 530.1-13/ASCE 6-13 —
requirements. Specification for Masonry Structures
(h) Provision for dimensional changes
SBC-301 — Minimum Design Loads for Buildings
resulting from elastic deformation, creep,
and Other Structures
shrinkage, temperature, and moisture.
SBC 305-CR-18 2
ASTM A416/A416M-12 — Standard Specification ASTM C482-02 (2009) — Standard Test Method
for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Portland
Prestressed Concrete Cement Paste
ASTM A421/A421M-10 — Standard Specification ASTM C1006-07 — Standard Test Method for
for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel Wire for Splitting Tensile Strength of Masonry Units
Prestressed Concrete
ASTM C1611/C1611M-09bel — Standard Test
ASTM A706/A706M-09b — Standard Method for Slump Flow of Self-Consolidating
Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Concrete
Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM C1693-11 — Standard Specification for
ASTM C34-12 — Standard Specification for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC)
Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile
ASTM E111-04 (2010) — Standard Test Method
ASTM C140-12a — Standard Test Methods for for Young's Modulus, Tangent Modulus, and Chord
Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Modulus
Related Units
ASTM E488-96 (2003) Standard Test Methods for
ASTM C426-10 — Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry
Linear Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Masonry Elements
Units
AWS D 1.4/D1.4M: 2011 — Structural Welding
ASTM C476-10 — Standard Specification for Code — Reinforcing Steel
Grout for Masonry
SBC 305-CR-18 3
CHAPTER 2—NOTATION AND DEFINITIONS
2.1—Notation 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑏 nominal shear strength of an anchor bolt

when governed by masonry breakout, N
𝐴𝑏 cross-sectional area of an anchor bolt, mm2 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑐 nominal shear strength of an anchor bolt
𝐴𝑏𝑟 bearing area, mm2 when governed by masonry crushing, N
𝐴𝑔 gross cross-sectional area of a member, 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑝𝑟𝑦 nominal shear strength of an anchor bolt
mm2 when governed by anchor pryout, N
𝐴𝑛 net cross-sectional area of a member, mm2 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑠 nominal shear strength of an anchor bolt
𝐴𝑛𝑣 net shear area, mm2 when governed by steel yielding, N
𝐴𝑝𝑡 projected tension area on masonry surface 𝐵𝑣𝑝𝑟𝑦 allowable shear load on an anchor bolt
of a right circular cone, mm2 when governed by anchor pryout, N
𝐴𝑝𝑣 projected shear area on masonry surface of 𝐵𝑣𝑠 allowable shear load on an anchor bolt
one-half of a right circular cone, mm2 when governed by steel yielding, N
𝐴𝑠 area of nonprestressed longitudinal tension 𝑏 width of section, mm
reinforcement, mm2 𝑏𝑎 total applied design axial force on an
𝐴𝑠𝑐 area of reinforcement placed within the lap, anchor bolt, N
near each end of the lapped reinforcing bars 𝑏𝑎𝑓 factored axial force in an anchor bolt, N
and transverse to them, mm2 𝑏𝑣 total applied design shear force on an
𝐴𝑠𝑡 total area of laterally tied longitudinal anchor bolt, N
reinforcing steel, mm2 𝑏𝑣𝑓 factored shear force in an anchor bolt, N
𝐴𝑣 cross-sectional area of shear reinforcement, 𝑏𝑤 width of wall beam, mm
mm2 𝐶𝑑 deflection amplification factor
𝐴1 loaded area, mm2 𝑐 distance from the fiber of maximum
𝐴2 supporting bearing area, mm2 compressive strain to the neutral axis, mm
𝑎 depth of an equivalent compression stress 𝐷 dead load or related internal moments and
block at nominal strength, mm forces
𝐵𝑎 allowable axial load on an anchor bolt, N 𝑑 distance from extreme compression fiber to
𝐵𝑎𝑏 allowable axial tensile load on an anchor centroid of tension reinforcement, mm
bolt when governed by masonry breakout, 𝑑𝑏 nominal diameter of reinforcement or
N anchor bolt, mm
𝐵𝑎𝑛 nominal axial strength of an anchor bolt, N 𝑑𝑣 actual depth of a member in direction of
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑏 nominal axial tensile strength of an anchor shear considered, mm
bolt when governed by masonry breakout, 𝐸 load effects of earthquake or related
N internal moments and forces
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑝 nominal axial tensile strength of an anchor 𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 modulus of elasticity of AAC masonry in
bolt when governed by anchor pullout, N compression, MPa
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑠 nominal axial tensile strength of an anchor 𝐸𝑏𝑏 modulus of elasticity of bounding beams,
bolt when governed by steel yielding, N MPa
𝐵𝑎𝑝 allowable axial tensile load on an anchor 𝐸𝑏𝑐 modulus of elasticity of bounding columns,
bolt when governed by anchor pullout, N MPa
𝐵𝑎𝑠 allowable axial tensile load on an anchor 𝐸𝑚 modulus of elasticity of masonry in
bolt when governed by steel yielding, N compression, MPa
𝐵𝑣 allowable shear load on an anchor bolt, N 𝐸𝑠 modulus of elasticity of steel, MPa
𝐵𝑣𝑏 allowable shear load on an anchor bolt 𝐸𝑣 modulus of rigidity (shear modulus) of
when governed by masonry breakout, N masonry, MPa
𝐵𝑣𝑐 allowable shear load on an anchor bolt 𝑒 eccentricity of axial load, mm
when governed by masonry crushing, N 𝑒𝑏 projected leg extension of bent-bar anchor,
𝐵𝑣𝑛 nominal shear strength of an anchor bolt, N measured from inside edge of anchor at
SBC 305-CR-18 4
bend to farthest point of anchor in the plane 𝑗 ratio of distance between centroid of
of the hook, mm flexural compressive forces and centroid of
𝑒𝑢 eccentricity of 𝑃𝑢𝑓 , mm tensile forces to depth, 𝑑
𝐹𝑎 allowable compressive stress available to 𝐾 dimension used to calculate reinforcement
resist axial load only, MPa development, mm
𝐹𝑏 allowable compressive stress available to 𝐾𝐴𝐴𝐶 dimension used to calculate reinforcement
resist flexure only, MPa development for AAC masonry, mm
𝐹𝑠 allowable tensile or compressive stress in 𝑘𝑐 coefficient of creep of masonry, per MPa
reinforcement, MPa 𝑘𝑒 coefficient of irreversible moisture
𝐹𝑣 allowable shear stress, MPa expansion of clay masonry
𝐹𝑣𝑚 allowable shear stress resisted by the 𝑘𝑚 coefficient of shrinkage of concrete
masonry, MPa masonry
𝐹𝑣𝑠 allowable shear stress resisted by the shear 𝑘𝑡 coefficient of thermal expansion of
reinforcement, MPa masonry per degree Celsius
𝑓𝑎 calculated compressive stress in masonry 𝐿 live load or related internal moments and
due to axial load only, MPa forces
𝑓𝑏 calculated compressive stress in masonry 𝑙 clear span between supports, mm
due to flexure only, MPa 𝑙𝑏 effective embedment length of headed or
′
𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 specified compressive strength of AAC bent anchor bolts, mm
masonry, MPa 𝑙𝑏𝑒 anchor bolt edge distance, mm
𝑓𝑔′ specified compressive strength of grout, 𝑙𝑑 development length or lap length of straight
MPa reinforcement, mm
𝑓𝑚′ specified compressive strength of clay 𝑙𝑒 equivalent embedment length provided by
masonry or concrete masonry, MPa standard hooks measured from the start of
𝑓𝑟 modulus of rupture, MPa the hook (point of tangency), mm
𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 modulus of rupture of AAC, MPa 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 effective span length for a deep beam, mm
𝑓𝑠 calculated tensile or compressive stress in 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑓 plan length of infill, mm
reinforcement, MPa 𝑙𝑤 length of entire wall or of the segment of
𝑓𝑠𝑒 effective stress in prestressing tendon after wall considered in direction of shear force,
all prestress losses have occurred, MPa mm
𝑓𝑡𝐴𝐴𝐶 splitting tensile strength of AAC as 𝑀 maximum moment at the section under
determined in accordance with ASTM consideration, N-mm
C1006, MPa 𝑀𝑎 maximum moment in member due to the
𝑓𝑣 calculated shear stress in masonry, MPa applied unfactored loading for which
𝑓𝑦 specified yield strength of steel for deflection is calculated, N-mm
reinforcement and anchors, MPa 𝑀𝑐𝑟 nominal cracking moment strength, N-mm
ℎ effective height of column, wall, or pilaster, 𝑀𝑛 nominal moment strength, N-mm
mm 𝑀𝑠𝑒𝑟 service moment at midheight of a member,
ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓 vertical dimension of infill, mm including P-delta effects, N-mm
ℎ𝑤 height of entire wall or of the segment of 𝑀𝑢 factored moment, magnified by second-
wall considered, mm order effects where required by the code,
𝐼𝑏𝑏 moment of inertia of bounding beam for N-mm
bending in the plane of the infill, mm4 𝑀𝑢, 0 factored moment from first-order analysis,
𝐼𝑏𝑐 moment of inertia of bounding column for N-mm
bending in the plane of the infill, mm4 𝑛 modular ratio,𝐸𝑠 /𝐸𝑚
𝐼𝑐𝑟 moment of inertia of cracked cross- 𝑁𝑢 factored compressive force acting normal
sectional area of a member, mm4 to shear surface that is associated with the
𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 effective moment of inertia, mm4 𝑉𝑢 loading combination case under
𝐼𝑔 moment of inertia of gross cross-sectional consideration, N
𝑁𝑣 compressive force acting normal to shear
area of a member, mm4
surface, N
𝐼𝑛 moment of inertia of net cross-sectional
𝑃 Axial load, N
area of a member, mm4
𝑃𝑎 allowable axial compressive force in a
reinforced member, N
SBC 305-CR-18 5
𝑃𝑒 Euler buckling load, N 𝑊𝑇 dimension of the tributary length of wall,

𝑃𝑛 nominal axial strength, N defined in Sections 14.3.2 and A.5.1 and
𝑃𝑢 factored axial load, N shown in
𝑃𝑢𝑓 factored load from tributary floor or roof Figure 14.1 and Figure A.2.
areas, N 𝑤 𝑖𝑛𝑓 width of equivalent strut, mm
𝑃𝑢𝑤 factored weight of wall area tributary to 𝑤𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 horizontal projection of the width of the
wall section under consideration, N diagonal strut, mm
𝑄 first moment about the neutral axis of an 𝑤𝑢 out-of-plane factored uniformly distributed
area between the extreme fiber and the load, N/mm
plane at which the shear stress is being 𝑧 internal lever arm between compressive
calculated, mm3 and tensile forces in a deep beam, mm
𝑄𝐸 the effect of horizontal seismic (earthquake 𝛼𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ horizontal arching parameter for infill,
induced) forces N 0.25
𝑞𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓 nominal out-of-plane flexural capacity of 𝛽𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ vertical arching parameter for infill, N 0.25
infill per unit area, Pa 𝛽𝑏 ratio of area of reinforcement cut off to total
𝑞𝑧 velocity pressure determined in accordance area of tension reinforcement at a section
with SBC 301, kPa 𝛾 reinforcement size factor
𝑅 response modification coefficient 𝛾𝑔 grouted shear wall factor
𝑟 radius of gyration, mm ∆ calculated story drift, mm
𝑆 snow load or related internal moments and ∆𝑎 allowable story drift, mm
forces 𝛿 moment magnification factor
𝑆𝑛 section modulus of the net cross-sectional 𝛿𝑛𝑒 displacements calculated using code-
area of a member, mm3 prescribed seismic forces and assuming
𝑠 spacing of reinforcement, mm elastic behavior, mm
𝑠𝑙 total linear drying shrinkage of concrete 𝛿𝑠 horizontal deflection at midheight under
masonry units determined in accordance allowable stress design load combinations,
with ASTM C426 mm
𝑡 nominal thickness of member, mm 𝛿𝑢 Deflection due to factored loads, mm
𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑓 specified thickness of infill, mm 𝜀𝑐𝑠 drying shrinkage of AAC
𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑓 net thickness of infill, mm 𝜀𝑚𝑢 maximum usable compressive strain of
𝑡𝑠𝑝 specified thickness of member, mm masonry
𝑣 shear stress, MPa 𝜉 lap splice confinement reinforcement factor
𝑉 shear force, N 𝜃𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 angle of infill diagonal with respect to the
𝑉𝑙𝑖𝑚 limiting base-shear strength, N horizontal, degrees
𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 nominal shear strength provided by AAC 𝜆𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 characteristic stiffness parameter for infill,
masonry, N mm−1
𝑉𝑛 nominal shear strength, N 𝜇𝐴𝐴𝐶 coefficient of friction of AAC
𝑉𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓 nominal horizontal in-plane shear strength 𝜌 reinforcement ratio
of infill, N 𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥 maximum flexural tension reinforcement
𝑉𝑛𝑚 nominal shear strength provided by ratio
masonry, N 𝜙 strength-reduction factor
𝑉𝑛𝑠 nominal shear strength provided by shear 𝜓 magnification factor for second-order
reinforcement, N effects
𝑉𝑢 factored shear force, N 2.2—Definitions
𝑉𝑢𝑏 base-shear demand, N
𝑊 wind load or related internal moments and Anchor — Metal rod, wire, or strap that secures
forces masonry to its structural support.
𝑊𝑠 dimension of the structural wall strip Anchor pullout — Anchor failure defined by the
anchor sliding out of the material in which
defined in Sections 14.3.2 and A.5.1 and
it is embedded without breaking out a
shown in
substantial portion of the surrounding
Figure 14.1 and Figure A.2.
material.
SBC 305-CR-18 6
Area, gross cross-sectional — The area delineated components act together as a single
by the out-to-out dimensions of masonry in member.
the plane under consideration. Composite masonry — Multiwythe masonry
Area, net cross-sectional — The area of masonry members with wythes bonded to produce
units, grout, and mortar crossed by the composite action.
plane under consideration based on out-to- Compressive strength of masonry — Maximum
out dimensions. compressive force resisted per unit of net
Area, net shear — The net area of the web of a shear cross-sectional area of masonry,
element. determined by testing masonry prisms or a
Autoclaved aerated concrete — Low-density function of individual masonry units,
cementitious product of calcium silicate mortar, and grout, in accordance with the
hydrates, whose material specifications are provisions of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ ASCE
defined in ASTM C1693. 6.
Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) — Masonry - Connector — A mechanical device for securing two
Autoclaved Aerated concrete units or more pieces, parts, or members together,
manufactured without reinforcement, set including anchors, wall ties, and fasteners.
on a mortar leveling bed, bonded with thin- Contract documents — Documents establishing the
bed mortar, placed with or without grout, required work, and including in particular,
and placed with or without reinforcement. the project drawings and project
Backing — Wall or surface to which veneer is specifications.
attached. Corbel — A projection of successive courses from
Bed joint — The horizontal layer of mortar on the face of masonry.
which a masonry unit is laid. Cover, grout — thickness of grout surrounding the
Bond beam — a horizontal, sloped, or stepped outer surface of embedded reinforcement,
element that is fully grouted, has anchor, or tie.
longitudinal bar reinforcement, and is Cover, masonry — thickness of masonry units,
constructed within a masonry wall. mortar, and grout surrounding the outer
Bounding frame — The columns and upper and surface of embedded reinforcement,
lower beams or slabs that surround anchor, or tie.
masonry infill and provide structural Cover, mortar — thickness of mortar surrounding
support. the outer surface of embedded
Building official — The officer or other designated reinforcement, anchor, or tie.
authority charged with the administration Deep beam — A beam that has an effective span-to
and enforcement of this Code, or the depth ratio, 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 /𝑑𝑣 , less than 3 for a
building official's duly authorized continuous span and less than 2 for a simple
representative. span.
Cavity wall — A masonry wall consisting of two or Depth — The dimension of a member measured in
more wythes, at least two of which are the plane of a cross section perpendicular to
separated by a continuous air space; air the neutral axis.
space(s) between wythes may contain Design story drift — The difference of deflections
insulation; and separated wythes must be at the top and bottom of the story under
connected by wall ties. consideration, taking into account the
Collar joint — Vertical longitudinal space between possibility of inelastic deformations as
wythes of masonry or between masonry defined in SBC 301. In the equivalent
wythe and backup construction, which is lateral force method, the story drift is
permitted to be filled with mortar or grout. calculated by multiplying the deflections
Column — A structural member, not built integrally determined from an elastic analysis by the
into a wall, designed primarily to resist appropriate deflection amplification factor,
compressive loads parallel to its 𝐶𝑑 from SBC 301.
longitudinal axis and subject to Design strength — The nominal strength of an
dimensional limitations. element multiplied by the appropriate
Composite action — Transfer of stress between strength-reduction factor.
components of a member designed so that Diaphragm — A roof or floor system designed to
in resisting loads, the combined transmit lateral forces to shear walls or
other lateral-force resisting elements.
SBC 305-CR-18 7
Dimension, nominal — The specified dimension in the area where the work has been or is
plus an allowance for the joints with which being performed, and observation upon
the units are to be laid. Nominal dimensions completion of the work.
are usually stated in whole numbers nearest Licensed design professional — An individual who
to the specified dimensions. is licensed to practice design as defined by
Dimensions, specified — Dimensions specified for the statutory requirements of the
the manufacture or construction of a unit, professional licensing laws of the state or
joint, or element. jurisdiction in which the project is to be
Effective height — Clear height of a member constructed and who is in responsible
between lines of support or points of charge of the design; in other documents,
support and used for calculating the also referred to as registered design
slenderness ratio of a member. Effective professional.
height for unbraced members shall be Load, dead — Dead weight supported by a member,
calculated. as defined by SBC 301.
Foundation pier — A vertical foundation member, Load, live — Live load specified by SBC 301.
not built integrally into a foundation wall, Load, service — Load specified by SBC 301.
empirically designed to support gravity Longitudinal reinforcement — Reinforcement
loads and subject to dimensional placed parallel to the longitudinal axis of
limitations. the member.
Glass unit masonry — Masonry composed of glass Masonry breakout — Anchor failure defined by the
units bonded by mortar. separation of a volume of masonry,
Grout — (1) A plastic mixture of approximately conical in shape, from the
cementitious materials, aggregates, and member.
water, with or without admixtures, initially Masonry, partially grouted — Construction in
produced to pouring consistency without which designated cells or spaces are filled
segregation of the constituents during with grout, while other cells or spaces are
placement. ungrouted.
(2) The hardened equivalent of such mixtures. Masonry unit, hollow — A masonry unit with net
Grout, self-consolidating — A highly fluid and cross-sectional area of less than 75 percent
stable grout typically with admixtures, that of its gross cross-sectional area when
remains homogeneous when placed and measured in any plane parallel to the
does not require puddling or vibration for surface containing voids.
consolidation. Masonry unit, solid — A masonry unit with net
Head joint — Vertical mortar joint placed between cross-sectional area of 75 percent or more
masonry units within the wythe at the time of its gross cross-sectional area when
the masonry units are laid. measured in every plane parallel to the
Header (bonder) — A masonry unit that connects surface containing voids.
two or more adjacent wythes of masonry. Modulus of elasticity — Ratio of normal stress to
Infill — Masonry constructed within the plane of, corresponding strain for tensile or
and bounded by, a structural frame. compressive stresses below proportional
Infill, net thickness — Minimum total thickness of limit of material.
the net cross-sectional area of an infill. Modulus of rigidity — Ratio of unit shear stress to
Infill, non-participating — Infill designed so that in- unit shear strain for unit shear stress below
plane loads are not imparted to it from the the proportional limit of the material.
bounding frame. Nominal strength — The strength of an element or
Infill, participating — Infill designed to resist in- cross section calculated in accordance with
plane loads imparted to it by the bounding the requirements and assumptions of the
frame. strength design methods of these provisions
Inspection, continuous — The Inspection Agency's before application of strength-reduction
full-time observation of work by being factors.
present in the area where the work is being Partition wall — An interior wall without structural
performed. function.
Inspection, periodic — The Inspection Agency's Pier —A reinforced, vertically spanning portion of
part-time or intermittent observation of a wall next to an opening, designed using
work during construction by being present
SBC 305-CR-18 8
strength design, and subject to dimensional Shear wall, ordinary plain (unreinforced) masonry
limitations. — A masonry shear wall designed to resist
Prism — An assemblage of masonry units and lateral forces while neglecting stresses in
mortar, with or without grout, used as a test reinforcement, if present.
specimen for determining properties of the Shear wall, ordinary reinforced AAC masonry —
masonry. An AAC masonry shear wall designed to
Project drawings — The drawings that, along with resist lateral forces while considering
the project specifications, complete the stresses in reinforcement and satisfying
descriptive information for constructing the prescriptive reinforcement and connection
work required by the contract documents. requirements.
Project specifications — The written documents Shear wall, ordinary reinforced masonry — A
that specify requirements for a project in masonry shear wall designed to resist
accordance with the service parameters and lateral forces while considering stresses in
other specific criteria established by the reinforcement and satisfying prescriptive
owner or the owner's agent. reinforcement and connection
Quality assurance — The administrative and requirements.
procedural requirements established by the Shear wall, special reinforced masonry — A
contract documents to assure that masonry shear wall designed to resist
constructed masonry is in compliance with lateral forces while considering stresses in
the contract documents. reinforcement and to satisfy special
Reinforcement — Nonprestressed steel reinforcement and connection
reinforcement. requirements.
Required strength — The strength needed to resist Slump flow — The circular spread of plastic self-
factored loads. consolidating grout, which is evaluated in
Running bond — The placement of masonry units accordance with ASTM C1611/C1611M.
so that head joints in successive courses are Special boundary elements — in walls that are
horizontally offset at least one-quarter the designed to resist in-plane load, end regions
unit length. that are strengthened by reinforcement and
Shear wall — A wall, load-bearing or non-load- are detailed to meet specific requirements,
bearing, designed to resist lateral forces and may or may not be thicker than the
acting in the plane of the wall (sometimes wall.
referred to as a vertical diaphragm). Specified compressive strength of AAC masonry,
′
Shear wall, detailed plain (unreinforced) AAC 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 — Minimum compressive strength,
masonry — An AAC masonry shear wall expressed as force per unit of net cross-
designed to resist lateral forces while sectional area, required of the AAC
neglecting stresses in reinforcement, masonry used in construction by the
although provided with minimum contract documents, and upon which the
reinforcement and connections. project design is based. Whenever the
′
Shear wall, detailed plain (unreinforced) masonry quantity 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 is under the radical sign, the
— A masonry shear wall designed to resist square root of numerical value only is
lateral forces while neglecting stresses in intended and the result has units of MPa.
reinforcement, although provided with Specified compressive strength of masonry, 𝑓𝑚′ —
minimum reinforcement and connections. Minimum compressive strength, expressed
Shear wall, intermediate reinforced masonry — A as force per unit of net cross-sectional area,
masonry shear wall designed to resist required of the masonry used in
lateral forces while considering stresses in construction by the contract documents,
reinforcement and to satisfy specific and upon which the project design is based.
minimum reinforcement and connection Whenever the quantity 𝑓𝑚′ is under the
requirements. radical sign, the square root of numerical
Shear wall, ordinary plain (unreinforced) AAC value only is intended and the result has
masonry — An AAC masonry shear wall units of MPa.
designed to resist lateral forces while Stirrup — Reinforcement used to resist shear in a
neglecting stresses in reinforcement, if flexural member.
present.
SBC 305-CR-18 9
Stone masonry — Masonry composed of field, through anchors and supported vertically
quarried, or cast stone units bonded by by the foundation or other structural
mortar. elements.
Stone masonry, ashlar — Stone masonry composed Veneer, masonry — A masonry wythe that provides
of rectangular units having sawed, dressed, the exterior finish of a wall system and
or squared bed surfaces and bonded by transfers out-of-plane load directly to a
mortar. backing, but is not considered to add
Stone masonry, rubble — Stone masonry composed strength or stiffness to the wall system.
of irregular-shaped units bonded by mortar. Visual stability index (VSI) — an index, defined in
Strength-reduction factor, 𝜙 — the factor by which ASTM C1611/C1611M, that qualitatively
the nominal strength is multiplied to obtain indicates the stability of self-consolidating
the design strength. grout
Thin-bed mortar — Mortar for use in construction Wall — A vertical element with a horizontal length
of AAC unit masonry whose joints shall not to thickness ratio greater than 3, used to
be less than 1.5 mm. enclose space.
Tie, lateral — Loop of reinforcing bar or wire Wall, load-bearing — Wall supporting vertical
enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. loads greater than 3000 N/m in addition to
Tie, wall — Metal connector that connects wythes its own weight.
of masonry walls together. Wall, masonry bonded hollow — a multiwythe wall
Transverse reinforcement — Reinforcement placed built with masonry units arranged to
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the provide an air space between the wythes
member. and with the wythes bonded together with
Unreinforced (plain) masonry — Masonry in which masonry units.
the tensile resistance of masonry is taken Width — the dimension of a member measured in
into consideration and the resistance of the plane of a cross section parallel to the
reinforcing steel, if present, is neglected. neutral axis.
Veneer, adhered — Masonry veneer secured to and Wythe — each continuous vertical section of a wall,
supported by the backing through adhesion. one masonry unit in thickness.
Veneer, anchored — Masonry veneer secured to
and supported laterally by the backing
SBC 305-CR-18 10
CHAPTER 3—QUALITY AND CONSTRUCTION
3.1.6.1 Compliance with 𝑓𝑚′ — Compressive

3.1—Quality assurance program strength of masonry shall be considered satisfactory
The quality assurance program shall comply with if the compressive strength of each masonry wythe
the requirements of this section, depending on the and grouted collar joint equals or exceeds the value
Risk Category, as defined in SBC 301. The quality of 𝑓𝑚′ .
assurance program shall itemize the requirements
3.1.6.2 Determination of compressive strength —
for verifying conformance of material composition,
Compressive strength of masonry shall be
quality, storage, handling, preparation, and
determined in accordance with the provisions of
placement with the requirements of TMS 602/ACI
TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
530.1/ASCE 6.
3.2—Construction considerations
3.1.1 Level A Quality Assurance
The minimum quality assurance program for 3.2.1 Grouting, minimum spaces
masonry in Risk Category I, II, or III structures and The minimum dimensions of spaces provided for
designed in accordance with Part 4 or Appendix A the placement of grout shall be in accordance with
shall comply with Table 3.1. Table 3.4. Grout pours with heights exceeding those
shown in Table 3.4, cavity widths, or cell sizes
3.1.2 Level B Quality Assurance
smaller than those permitted in Table 3.4 or grout
3.1.2.1 The minimum quality assurance program lift heights exceeding those permitted by Article 3.5
for masonry in Risk Category IV structures and D of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6 are permitted if
designed in accordance with Chapter 12 or Chapter the results of a grout demonstration panel show that
13 shall comply with Table 3.2. the grout spaces are filled and adequately
consolidated. In that case, the procedures used in
3.1.2.2 The minimum quality assurance program
constructing the grout demonstration panel shall be
for masonry in Risk Category I, II, or III structures
the minimum acceptable standard for grouting, and
and designed in accordance with chapters other than
the quality assurance program shall include
those in Part 4 or Appendix A shall comply with
inspection during construction to verify grout
Table 3.2.
placement.
3.1.3 Level C Quality Assurance
3.2.2 Embedded conduits, pipes, and sleeves
The minimum quality assurance program for
Conduits, pipes, and sleeves of any material to be
masonry in Risk Category IV structures and
embedded in masonry shall be compatible with
designed in accordance with chapters other than
masonry and shall comply with the following
those in Part 4 or Appendix A shall comply with
requirements.
Table 3.3.
3.2.2.1 Conduits, pipes, and sleeves shall not be
3.1.4 Procedures
considered to be structural replacements for the
The quality assurance program shall set forth the displaced masonry. The masonry design shall
procedures for reporting and review. The quality consider the structural effects of this displaced
assurance program shall also include procedures for masonry.
resolution of noncompliances.
3.2.2.2 Conduits, pipes, and sleeves in masonry
3.1.5 Qualifications shall be no closer than 3 diameters on center.
Minimum spacing of conduits, pipes or sleeves of
The quality assurance program shall define the
different diameters shall be determined using the
qualifications for testing laboratories and for
larger diameter.
inspection agencies.
3.1.6 Acceptance relative to strength
requirements
SBC 305-CR-18 11
3.2.2.3 Vertical conduits, pipes, or sleeves placed in Where concrete abuts structural masonry and the
masonry columns or pilasters shall not displace joint between the materials is not designed as a
more than 2 percent of the net cross section. separation joint, the concrete shall be roughened so
that the average height of aggregate exposure is 3
3.2.2.4 Pipes shall not be embedded in masonry,
mm and shall be bonded to the masonry in
unless properly isolated from the masonry, when:
accordance with these requirements as if it were
(a) Containing liquid, gas, or vapors at masonry. Vertical joints not intended to act as
temperature higher than 66°C. separation joints shall be crossed by horizontal
(b) Under pressure in excess of 380 kPa. reinforcement as required by Section 5.1.1.2 .
(c) Containing water or other liquids subject to
freezing.
3.2.3 Separation Joints.
SBC 305-CR-18 12
TABLES OF CHAPTER 3
Table 3.1: Level A Quality Assurance
MINIMUM VERIFICATION
Prior to construction, verify certificates of compliance used in masonry construction
Table 3.2: Level B Quality Assurance

MINIMUM TESTS
Verification of Slump flow and Visual Stability Index (VSI) as delivered to the
project site in accordance with Specification Article 1.5 B.1.b.3 for self-
consolidating grout
′
Verification off 𝑓𝑚′ and 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 in accordance with Specification Article 1.4 B prior to construction, except where
specifically exempted by this Code
MINIMUM SPECIAL INSPECTION

Inspection Task Frequency (a) Reference for Criteria
TMS 602/
Continuous Periodic SBC 305 ACI 530.1/
ASCE 6
1. Verify compliance with the approved submittals X Art. 1.5
2. As masonry construction begins, verify
that the following are in compliance:
a. Proportions of site-prepared mortar X Art. 2.1, 2.6 A
b. Construction of mortar joints X Art. 3.3 B
c. Location of reinforcement, connectors, X Art. 3.4, 3.6 A
and anchorages
d. Properties of thin-bed mortar for AAC masonry X(b) X(c) Art. 2.1 C
3. Prior to grouting, verify that the following

are in compliance:
a. Grout space X Art. 3.2 D, 3.2 F
b. Grade, type, and size of reinforcement X Sec. 6.1 Art. 2.4, 3.4
, anchor bolts, and anchorages
c. Placement of reinforcement, connectors, X Sec. 6.1, 6.2.1, Art. 3.2 E, 3.4,

and anchorages 6.2.6, 6.2.7 3.6 A
d. Proportions of site-prepared grout. Art. 2.6 B,

X
2.4 G.1.b
e. Construction of mortar joints X Art. 3.3 B

Continued on next page
SBC 305-CR-18 13
Table 3.2: Level B Quality Assurance(Continued)

Continuous Periodic SBC 305 TMS 602/
ACI 530.1/
ASCE 6
4. Verify during construction:
a. Size and location of structural elements X Art. 3.3 F
b. Type, size, and location of anchors, X Sec. 1.2.1(e),
including other details of anchorage of 6.1.4.3, 6.2.1
masonry to structural members, frames, or
other construction
c. Welding of reinforcement X Sec. 8.1.6.7.2,
9.3.3.4 (c),
11.3.3.4(b)
d. Preparation, construction, and protection of X Art. 1.8 C,
masonry during cold weather (temperature below 1.8 D
4.4°C or hot weather (temperature above 32.2°C)
e. Placement of grout X Art. 3.5, 3.6 C
f. Placement of AAC masonry units and X(b) X(c) Art. 3.3 B.9,
construction of thin-bed mortar joints 3.3 F.1.b
5. Observe preparation of grout specimens, X Art. 1.4 B.2.a.3,
mortar specimens, and/or prisms 1.4 B.2.b.3, 1.4
B.2.c.3, 1.4 B.3,
1.4 B.4
(a) Frequency refers to the frequency of Special Inspection, which may be continuous during the task listed
or periodic during the listed task, as defined in the table.
(b) Required for the first 500 square meters of AAC masonry.
(c) Required after the first 500 square meters of AAC masonry.
SBC 305-CR-18 14
Table 3.3: Level C Quality Assurance

MINIMUM TESTS
′
Verification of 𝑓𝑚′ and 𝑓𝐴𝐶𝐶 in accordance with Specification Article 1.4 B prior to construction and for every 500 sq. m
during construction
Verification of proportions of materials in premixed or preblended mortar, prestressing grout, and grout other than self-
consolidating grout, as delivered to the project site
Verification of Slump flow and Visual Stability Index (VSI) as delivered to the project site in accordance with
Specification Article 1.5 B.1.b.3 for self-consolidating grout
Continuous Periodic SBC 305 TMS 602/
ACI 530.1/
ASCE 6
1. Verify compliance with the approved submittals X Art. 1.5
2. Verify that the following are in compliance:
a. Proportions of site-mixed mortar and grout X Art. 2.1, 2.6 A,
2.6 B, 2.6 C,
2.4 G 1.b
b. Grade, type, and size of reinforcement, anchor X Sec. 6.1 Art. 2.4, 3.4
bolts, and anchorages
c. Placement of masonry units and construction of X Art. 3.3 B
mortar joints
d. Placement of reinforcement, connectors, and X Sec. 6.1,
anchorages 6.2.1, 6.2.6, Art 3.2 E, 3.4, 3.6
6.2.7 A
e. Grout space prior to grouting X Art. 3.2 D, 3.2 F
f. Placement of grout X Art. 3.5, 3.6 C
g. Size and location of structural elements X Art. 3.3 F

h. Type, size, and location of anchors including other X Sec. 1.2.1(e),
details of anchorage of masonry to structural 6.1.4.3, 6.2.1
members, frames, or other construction
i. Welding of reinforcement X Sec. 8.1.6.7.2,
9.3.3.4 (c),
11.3.3.4(b)
j. Preparation, construction, and protection of X Art. 1.8 C,
masonry during cold weather (temperature below 1.8 D
5°C or hot weather (temperature above 32°C)
k. Placement of AAC masonry units and construction of X Art. 3.3 B.9,

thin-bed mortar joints 3.3 F.1.b
l. Properties of thin-bed mortar for AAC masonry X Art. 2.1 C.1
3. Observe preparation of grout specimens, X Art. 1.4 B.2.a.3,
mortar specimens, and/or prisms 1.4 B.2.b.3, 1.4
B.2.c.3, 1.4 B.3,
1.4 B.4
(a) Frequency refers to the frequency of Special Inspection, which may be continuous during the task listed
or periodic during the listed task, as defined in the table.
SBC 305-CR-18 15
Table 3.4: Grout space requirements

Grout type1 Maximum grout Minimum clear width Minimum clear grout space dimensions for
pour height, of grout space,2,3 grouting cells of hollow units,3,4, 5
m mm mm × mm
Fine 0.30 20 38×51
Fine 1.60 50 51 × 76
Fine 3.80 60 63 × 76
Fine 7.30 75 76 × 76
Coarse 0.30 38 38 × 76
Coarse 1.60 50 63 × 76
Coarse 3.80 60 76 × 76
Coarse 7.30 75 76 × 102
1
Fine and coarse grouts are defined in ASTM C476.
2
For grouting between masonry wythes.
3
Minimum clear width of grout space and minimum clear grout space dimension are the net dimension of the space
determined by subtracting masonry protrusions and the diameters of horizontal bars from the as-designed cross-section of
the grout space. Grout type and maximum grout pour height shall be specified based on the minimum clear space.
4
Area of vertical reinforcement shall not exceed 6 percent of the area of the grout space.
5
Minimum grout space dimension for AAC masonry units shall be 76 mm × 76 mm or a 76 mm diameter cell.
SBC 305-CR-18 16
PART 2—DESIGN REQUIREMENT
PART 2—DESIGN REQUIREMENT
SBC 305-CR-18 17
CHAPTER 4—GENERAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
CHAPTER 4—GENERAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

CONSIDERATIONS
4.1.6.1 Flanges of intersecting walls designed in

accordance with Section 5.1.1.2 shall be included in
4.1—Loading stiffness determination.
4.1.1 General 4.1.6.2 Distribution of load shall be consistent with
Masonry shall be designed to resist applicable the forces resisted by foundations.
loads. A continuous load path or paths, with 4.1.6.3 Distribution of load shall include the effect
adequate strength and stiffness, shall be provided to of horizontal torsion of the structure due to
transfer forces from the point of application to the eccentricity of wind or seismic loads resulting from
final point of resistance. the non-uniform distribution of mass.
4.1.2 Load provisions 4.2—Material properties
Design loads shall be in accordance with the SBC 4.2.1 General
301, with such live load reductions as are permitted
in SBC 301, except as noted in this Code. Unless otherwise determined by test, the following
moduli and coefficients shall be used in
4.1.3 Lateral load resistance determining the effects of elasticity, temperature,
Buildings shall be provided with a structural system moisture expansion, shrinkage, and creep.
designed to resist wind and earthquake loads and to 4.2.2 Elastic moduli
accommodate the effect of the resulting
deformations. 4.2.2.1 Steel reinforcement — Modulus of
elasticity of steel reinforcement shall be taken as:
4.1.4 Load transfer at horizontal connections
4.1.4.1 Walls, columns, and pilasters shall be 𝐸𝑠 = 200,000 MPa Equation 4-1
designed to resist loads, moments, and shears
applied at intersections with horizontal members. 4.2.2.2 Clay and concrete masonry
4.1.4.2 Effect of lateral deflection and translation of 4.2.2.2.1 The design of clay and concrete masonry
members providing lateral support shall be shall be based on the following modulus of
considered. elasticity values:
4.1.4.3 Devices used for transferring lateral support

from members that intersect walls, columns, or 𝐸𝑚 = 700𝑓𝑚′ for clay masonry Equation 4-2
pilasters shall be designed to resist the forces
involved. 𝐸𝑚 = 900𝑓𝑚′ for concrete
Equation 4-3
masonry
4.1.5 Other effects
Consideration shall be given to effects of forces and Or the chord modulus of elasticity taken between
deformations due to prestressing, vibrations, 0.05 and 0.33 of the maximum compressive
impact, shrinkage, expansion, temperature changes, strength of each prism determined by test in
creep, unequal settlement of supports, and accordance with the prism test method, Article 1.4
differential movement. B.3 of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, and ASTM
E111.
4.1.6 Lateral load distribution
4.2.2.2.2 Modulus of rigidity of clay masonry and
Lateral loads shall be distributed to the structural
concrete masonry shall be taken as:
system in accordance with member stiffnesses and
shall comply with the requirements of this section. 𝐸𝑣 = 0.4𝐸𝑚 Equation 4-4
SBC 305-CR-18 18
4.2.2.3 AAC masonry 4.3.1.1 Members shall be designed using section

properties based on the minimum net cross-
4.2.2.3.1 Modulus of elasticity of AAC masonry
sectional area of the member under consideration.
shall be taken as:
Section properties shall be based on specified
′ )0.6 dimensions.
𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 = 888(𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation 4-5
4.3.1.2 In members designed for composite action,
4.2.2.3.2 Modulus of rigidity of AAC masonry shall stresses shall be calculated using section properties
be taken as: based on the minimum transformed net cross-
sectional area of the composite member. The
𝐸𝑣 = 0.4𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation 4-6 transformed area concept for elastic analysis, in
which areas of dissimilar materials are transformed
4.2.2.4 Grout — Modulus of elasticity of grout shall in accordance with relative elastic moduli ratios,
be taken as 500𝑓𝑔′ . shall apply.
4.2.3 Coefficients of thermal expansion 4.3.2 Stiffness
Calculation of stiffness based on uncracked section
Material type 𝑘𝑡 (mm/mm/℃)
is permissible. Use of the average net cross-
sectional area of the member considered in stiffness
Clay masonry 7.2 × 10−6
calculations is permitted.
Concrete masonry 8.1 × 10−6 4.3.3 Radius of gyration
Radius of gyration shall be calculated using the
AAC masonry 8.1 × 10−6 average net cross-sectional area of the member
considered.
4.2.4 Coefficient of moisture expansion
4.3.4 Bearing area
Material type 𝑘𝑒 (mm/mm) The bearing area, 𝐴𝑏𝑟 , for concentrated loads shall
not exceed the following:
Clay masonry 3 × 10−4
(a) A1 √A2 /A1
4.2.5 Coefficients of shrinkage (b) 2A1
The area, 𝐴2 , is the area of the lower base of the
Material type 𝑘𝑚
largest frustum of a right pyramid or cone that has
the loaded area, 𝐴1 , as its upper base, slopes at 45
Concrete masonry 0.5𝑠𝑙
degrees from the horizontal, and is wholly
contained within the support. For walls not laid in
Concrete masonry 0.8𝜀𝑐𝑠 /100
running bond, area 𝐴2 shall terminate at head joints.
where 𝜀𝑐𝑠 is determined in accordance with ASTM 4.4—Connection to structural frames
C1693.
Masonry walls shall not be connected to structural
4.2.6 Coefficients of creep frames unless the connections and walls are
designed to resist design interconnecting forces and
Material type 𝑘𝑐 , per MPa to accommodate calculated deflections.
Clay masonry 0.1 × 10−4 4.5—Masonry not laid in running bond

For masonry not laid in running bond, the minimum
Concrete masonry 0.36 × 10−4 area of horizontal reinforcement shall be 0.00028
multiplied by the gross vertical cross-sectional area
AAC masonry 0.72 × 10−4 of the wall using specified dimensions. Horizontal
reinforcement shall be placed at a maximum
4.3—Section properties spacing of 1200 mm on center in horizontal mortar
joints or in bond beams.
4.3.1 Stress calculations
SBC 305-CR-18 19
SBC 305-CR-18 20
CHAPTER 5—STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
(c) Intersecting reinforced bond beams shall be

5.1—Masonry assemblies provided at a maximum spacing of 1200 mm
5.1.1 Intersecting walls on center. The area of reinforcement in each
bond beam shall not be less than 210
5.1.1.1 Wall intersections shall meet one of the
mm2 /mm multiplied by the vertical spacing
following requirements:
of the bond beams in meters. Reinforcement
(a) Design shall conform to the provisions of shall be developed on each side of the
Section 5.1.1.2 . intersection.
(b) Transfer of shear between walls shall be
5.1.2 Effective compressive width per bar
prevented.
5.1.2.1 For masonry not laid in running bond and
5.1.1.2 Design of wall intersection
having bond beams spaced not more than 1200 mm
5.1.1.2.1 Masonry shall be in running bond. center-to-center, and for masonry laid in running
5.1.1.2.2 Flanges shall be considered effective in bond, the width of the compression area used to
resisting applied loads. calculate element capacity shall not exceed the least
of:
5.1.1.2.3 The width of flange considered effective on
each side of the web shall be the smaller of the actual (a) Center-to-center bar spacing.
flange on either side of the web wall or the following: (b) Six multiplied by the nominal wall thickness.
(c) 1800 mm.
(a) 6 multiplied by the nominal flange thickness
for unreinforced and reinforced masonry, 5.1.2.2 For masonry not laid in running bond and
when the flange is in compression having bond beams spaced more than 1200 mm
(b) 6 multiplied by the nominal flange thickness center-to-center, the width of the compression area
for unreinforced masonry, when the flange is used to calculate element capacity shall not exceed
in flexural tension the length of the masonry unit.
(c) 0.75 multiplied by the floor-to-floor wall 5.1.3 Concentrated loads
height for reinforced masonry, when the
flange is in flexural tension. 5.1.3.1 Concentrated loads shall not be distributed
over a length greater than the minimum of the
The effective flange width shall not extend past a following:
movement joint.
(a) The length of bearing area plus the length
5.1.1.2.4 Design for shear, including the transfer of determined by considering the concentrated
shear at interfaces, shall conform to the requirements load to be dispersed along a 2 vertical: 1
of Section 8.2.6 ; or Section 8.3.5; or Section 9.2.6; or horizontal line. The dispersion shall
Section 9.3.4.1.2 ; or Section 11.3.4.1.2. terminate at half the wall height, a movement
5.1.1.2.5 The connection of intersecting walls shall joint, the end of the wall, or an opening,
conform to one of the following requirements: whichever provides the smallest length.
(b) The center-to-center distance between
(a) At least fifty percent of the masonry units at concentrated loads.
the interface shall interlock.
(b) Walls shall be anchored by steel connectors 5.1.3.2 For walls not laid in running bond,
grouted into the wall and meeting the concentrated loads shall not be distributed across head
following requirements: joints. Where concentrated loads acting on such walls
(1) Minimum size: 6.5 mm × 38 mm × 710 are applied to a bond beam, the concentrated load is
mm including 50-mm long, 90-degree permitted to be distributed through the bond beam,
bend at each end to form a U or Z shape. but shall not be distributed across head joints below
(2) Maximum spacing: 1200 mm. the bond beams.
SBC 305-CR-18 21
5.1.4 Multiwythe masonry elements Unless a more detailed analysis is performed, the
following requirements shall be satisfied:
Design of masonry composed of more than one wythe
shall comply with the provisions of Section 5.1.4.1 , (a) Collar joints shall not contain headers, grout,
and either 5.1.4.25.1.4.3 or 5.1.4.3 . or mortar.
(b) Gravity loads from supported horizontal
5.1.4.1 The provisions of Sections 5.1.4.2 , and 5.1.4.3
members shall be resisted by the wythe
shall not apply to AAC masonry units and glass
nearest to the center of span of the supported
masonry units.
member. Any resulting bending moment
5.1.4.2 Composite action about the weak axis of the masonry element
shall be distributed to each wythe in
5.1.4.2.1 Multiwythe masonry designed for
proportion to its relative stiffness.
composite action shall have collar joints either:
(c) Lateral loads acting parallel to the plane of
(a) crossed by connecting headers, or the masonry element shall be resisted only by
(b) Filled with mortar or grout and connected by the wythe on which they are applied. Transfer
wall ties. of stresses from such loads between wythes
shall be neglected.
5.1.4.2.2 Headers used to bond adjacent wythes shall
(d) Lateral loads acting transverse to the plane of
meet the requirements of either Section 8.1.4.2 or
the masonry element shall be resisted by all
Section 9.1.7.2 and shall be provided as follows:
wythes in proportion to their relative flexural
(a) Headers shall be uniformly distributed and stiffnesses.
the sum of their cross-sectional areas shall be (e) Specified distances between wythes shall not
at least 4 percent of the wall surface area. exceed 100 mm unless a detailed tie analysis
(b) Headers connecting adjacent wythes shall be is performed.
embedded a minimum of 80 mm in each
5.1.4.3.2 Wythes of masonry designed for non-
wythe.
composite action shall be connected by ties meeting
5.1.4.2.3 Wythes not bonded by headers shall meet the requirements of Section 5.1.4.2.3 or by adjustable
the requirements of either Section 8.1.4.2 or Section ties. Where the cross wires of joint reinforcement are
9.1.7.2 and shall be bonded by non-adjustable ties used as ties, the joint reinforcement shall be ladder-
provided as follows: type or tab-type. Ties shall be without cavity drips.
Adjustable ties shall meet the following requirements:
Wire size Minimum number of ties required
(a) One tie shall be provided for each 0.16 m2 of
one per 0.25 m2 of masonry surface masonry surface area.
WD 4.0 (b) Horizontal and vertical spacing shall not
area
exceed 400 mm.
one per 0.42 m2 of masonry surface (c) Adjustable ties shall not be used when the
WD 5.0 misalignment of bed joints from one wythe to
area
the other exceeds 30 mm.
(d) Maximum clearance between connecting
The maximum spacing between ties shall be 900 mm parts of the tie shall be 1.5 mm.
horizontally and 600 mm vertically. The use of (e) Pintle ties shall have at least two pintle legs
rectangular ties to connect masonry wythes of any of wire size WD 5.0.
type of masonry unit shall be permitted. The use of Z 5.2—Beams
ties to connect to a masonry wythe of hollow masonry
units shall not be permitted. Cross wires of joint Design of beams shall meet the requirements of
reinforcement shall be permitted to be used instead of Section 5.2.1 or Section 5.2.2. Design of beams shall
ties. also meet the requirements of Section 8.3, Section 9.3
or Section 11.3. Design requirements for masonry
5.1.4.3 Non-composite action — The design of beams shall apply to masonry lintels.
multiwythe masonry for non-composite action shall
comply with Sections 5.1.4.3.1 and 5.1.4.3.2 : 5.2.1 General beam design
5.1.4.3.1 Each wythe shall be designed to resist 5.2.1.1 Span length — Span length shall be in
individually the effects of loads imposed on it. accordance with the following:
SBC 305-CR-18 22
5.2.1.1.1 Span length of beams not built integrally calculated using the value for the modulus of rupture,
with supports shall be taken as the clear span plus 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 , as given by Section 11.1.8.3 .
depth of beam, but need not exceed the distance
5.2.1.4.3 Deflections of reinforced masonry beams
between centers of supports.
need not be checked when the span length does not
5.2.1.1.2 For determination of moments in beams that exceed 8 multiplied by the effective depth to the
are continuous over supports, span length shall be reinforcement, 𝑑, in the masonry beam.
taken as the distance between centers of supports.
5.2.2 Deep beams
5.2.1.2 Lateral support — The compression face of
beams shall be laterally supported at a maximum Design of deep beams shall meet the requirements of
spacing based on the smaller of: Section 5.2.1.2 and 5.2.1.3 in addition to the
requirements of 5.2.2.1 through 5.2.2.5 .
(a) 32𝑏
5.2.2.1 Effective span length — The effective span
(b) 120𝑏 2 /𝑑
length 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be taken as the center to center
5.2.1.3 Bearing length — Length of bearing of beams distance between supports or 1.15 multiplied by the
on their supports shall be a minimum of 100 mm in clear span. Whichever is smaller.
the direction of span.
5.2.2.2 Internal lever arm — Unless determined by a
5.2.1.4 Deflections — Masonry beams shall be more comprehensive analysis, the internal lever arm,
designed to have adequate stiffness to limit 𝑧, shall be taken as:
deflections that adversely affect strength or
serviceability. (a) For simply supported spans.
𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓
5.2.1.4.1 The calculated deflection of beams (1) When 1 ≤ <2
𝑑𝑣
providing vertical support to masonry designed in
accordance with Section 8.2, Section 9.2, Section 𝑧 = 0.2(𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 + 2𝑑𝑣 ) Equation 5-2a
11.2, Chapter 14, or Appendix A shall not exceed
𝑙/600 under unfactored dead plus live loads. 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓
(2) When <1
𝑑𝑣
5.2.1.4.2 Deflection of masonry beams shall be
calculated using the appropriate load-deflection
𝑧 = 0.6𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 Equation 5-2b
relationship considering the actual end conditions.
Unless stiffness values are obtained by a more (b) For continuous spans
comprehensive analysis, immediate deflections shall 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓
(1) When 1 ≤ <3
be calculated with an effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 𝑑𝑣
as follows: 𝑧 = 0.2(𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 + 1.5𝑑𝑣 ) Equation 5-3a
𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑐𝑟 3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 3 5-1 (2) When <1
𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 = 𝐼𝑛 ( ) + 𝐼𝑐𝑟 [1 − ( ) ] ≤ 𝐼𝑛 𝑑𝑣
𝑀𝑎 𝑀𝑎
𝑧 = 0.5𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓 Equation 5-3b
For continuous beams, 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be permitted to be
taken as the average of values obtained from 5-1 for 5.2.2.3 Flexural reinforcement — Distributed
the critical positive and negative moment regions. horizontal flexural reinforcement shall be provided in
the tension zone of the beam for a depth equal to half
For beams of uniform cross-section, 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be
of the beam depth, 𝑑𝑣 . The maximum spacing of
permitted to be taken as the value obtained from 5-1 distributed horizontal flexural reinforcement shall not
at midspan for simple spans and at the support for
exceed one-fifth of the beam depth, 𝑑𝑣 nor 400 mm.
cantilevers. For masonry designed in accordance with
Joint reinforcement shall be permitted to be used as
Chapter 8, the cracking moment, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , shall be distributed horizontal flexural reinforcement in deep
calculated using the allowable flexural tensile stress beams. Horizontal flexural reinforcement shall be
taken from Table 8.1 multiplied by a factor of 2.5. For anchored to develop the yield strength of the
masonry designed in accordance with Chapter 9, the reinforcement at the face of supports.
cracking moment, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , shall be calculated using the
value for the modulus of rupture, 𝑓𝑟 , taken from Table 5.2.2.4 Minimum shear reinforcement — The
9.1. For masonry designed in accordance with following provisions shall apply when shear
CHAPTER 11, the cracking moment, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , shall be reinforcement is required in accordance with Section
8.3.5 , Section 9.3.4.1.2 , or Section 11.3.4.1.2 .
SBC 305-CR-18 23
(a) The minimum area of vertical shear the lateral tie from such a laterally supported
reinforcement shall be 0.0007bdv . bar. Lateral ties shall be placed in either a
(b) Horizontal shear reinforcement shall have mortar joint or in grout. Where longitudinal
cross-sectional area equal to or greater than bars are located around the perimeter of a
one half the area of the vertical shear circle, a complete circular lateral tie is
reinforcement. Such reinforcement shall be permitted. Lap length for circular ties shall be
equally distributed on both side faces of the 48 tie diameters.
beam when the nominal width of the beam is (d) Lateral ties shall be located vertically not
greater than 200 mm. more than one-half lateral tie spacing above
(c) The maximum spacing of shear the top of footing or slab in any story, and
reinforcement shall not exceed one-fifth the shall be spaced not more than one-half a
beam depth, dv nor 400 mm. lateral tie spacing below the lowest horizontal
reinforcement in beam, girder, slab, or drop
5.2.2.5 Total reinforcement — The sum of the cross-
panel above
sectional areas of horizontal and vertical
reinforcement shall be at least 0.001 multiplied by the 5.3.2 Lightly loaded columns
gross cross-sectional area, 𝑏𝑑𝑣 of the deep beam,
Masonry columns used only to support light frame
using specified dimensions.
roofs of carports, porches, sheds or similar structures
5.3—Columns assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B, or C,
which are subject to unfactored gravity loads not
Design of columns shall meet the requirements of
exceeding 8,900 N acting within the cross-sectional
Section 5.3.1 or Section 5.3.2. Design of columns
dimensions of the column are permitted to be
shall also meet the requirements of Section 8.3, or
constructed as follows:
Section 9.3, or Section 11.3.
(a) Minimum side dimension shall be 200 mm
5.3.1 General column design nominal.
5.3.1.1 Dimensional limits — Dimensions shall be in (b) Height shall not exceed 3.50 m.
accordance with the following: (c) Cross-sectional area of longitudinal
reinforcement shall not be less than
(a) The distance between lateral supports of a
129 mm2 centered in the column.
column shall not exceed 99 multiplied by the
(d) Columns shall be fully grouted.
least radius of gyration, r.
(b) Minimum side dimension shall be 200 mm 5.4—Pilasters
nominal.
Walls interfacing with pilasters shall not be
5.3.1.2 Construction — Columns shall be fully considered as flanges, unless the construction
grouted. requirements of Sections 5.1.1.2.1 and 5.1.1.2.5 are
met. When these construction requirements are met,
5.3.1.3 Vertical reinforcement — Vertical
the pilaster's flanges shall be designed in accordance
reinforcement in columns shall not be less than
with Sections 5.1.1.2.2 through 5.1.1.2.4.
0.0025𝐴𝑛 nor exceed 0.04𝐴𝑛 . The minimum number
of bars shall be four. 5.5—Corbels
5.3.1.4 Lateral ties — Lateral ties shall conform to the 5.5.1 Load-bearing corbels
following:
Load-bearing corbels shall be designed in accordance
(a) Vertical reinforcement shall be enclosed by with Chapter 8 or Chapter 9.
lateral ties at least 6 mm in diameter.
(b) Vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not 5.5.2 Non-load-bearing — corbels Non-load-
exceed 16 longitudinal bar diameters, 48 bearing corbels shall be designed in accordance with
lateral tie bar or wire diameters, or least Chapter 8 or Chapter 9 or or detailed as follows:
cross-sectional dimension of the member. (a) Solid masonry units or hollow units filled
(c) Lateral ties shall be arranged so that every with mortar or grout shall be used.
corner and alternate longitudinal bar shall (b) The maximum projection beyond the face of
have lateral support provided by the corner of the wall shall not exceed:
a lateral tie with an included angle of not (1) One-half the wall thickness for
more than 135 degrees. No bar shall be multiwythe walls bonded by mortar or
farther than 150 mm clear on each side along
SBC 305-CR-18 24
grout and wall ties or masonry headers, (1) One-half the nominal unit height.
or (2) One-third the nominal thickness of the
(2) One-half the wythe thickness for single unit or wythe.
wythe walls, masonry bonded hollow (d) The back surface of the corbelled section
walls, multiwythe walls with open collar shall remain within 25 mm of plane.
joints, and veneer walls.
(c) The maximum projection of one unit shall not
exceed:
SBC 305-CR-18 25
CHAPTER 6—REINFORCEMENT, METAL ACCESSORIES, AND ANCHOR BOLTS
CHAPTER 6—REINFORCEMENT, METAL ACCESSORIES, AND

ANCHOR BOLTS
(a) Masonry face exposed to earth or weather: 50

6.1—Details of reinforcement and metal mm for bars larger than Dia 16; 38 mm for
accessories Dia 16 bars or smaller.
6.1.1 Embedment (b) Masonry not exposed to earth or weather: 38
mm.
Reinforcing bars shall be embedded in grout.
6.1.4.2 Longitudinal wires of joint reinforcement
6.1.2 Size of reinforcement shall be fully embedded in mortar or grout with a
6.1.2.1 The maximum size of reinforcement used in minimum cover of 16 mm when exposed to earth or
masonry shall be Dia 36. weather and 13 mm when not exposed to earth or
weather. Joint reinforcement shall be stainless steel or
6.1.2.2 The diameter of reinforcement shall not protected from corrosion by hot-dipped galvanized
exceed one-half the least clear dimension of the cell, coating or epoxy coating when used in masonry
bond beam, or collar joint in which it is placed. exposed to earth or weather and in interior walls
6.1.2.3 Longitudinal and cross wires of joint exposed to a mean relative humidity exceeding 75
reinforcement shall have a minimum wire size of percent. All other joint reinforcement shall be mill
WD 4.0 and a maximum wire size of one-half the joint galvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or stainless steel.
thickness. 6.1.4.3 Wall ties, sheet-metal anchors, steel plates and
6.1.3 Placement of reinforcement bars, and inserts exposed to earth or weather, or
exposed to a mean relative humidity exceeding 75
6.1.3.1 The clear distance between parallel bars shall percent shall be stainless steel or protected from
not be less than the nominal diameter of the bars, nor corrosion by hot-dip galvanized coating or epoxy
less than 25 mm. coating. Wall ties, anchors, and inserts shall be mill
6.1.3.2 In columns and pilasters, the clear distance galvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or stainless steel for
between vertical bars shall not be less than one and all other cases. Anchor bolts, steel plates, and bars not
one-half multiplied by the nominal bar diameter, nor exposed to earth, weather, nor exposed to a mean
less than 38 mm. relative humidity exceeding 75 percent, need not be
coated.
6.1.3.3 The clear distance limitations between bars
required in Sections 6.1.3.1 and 6.1.3.2 shall also 6.1.5 Standard hooks
apply to the clear distance between a contact lap Standard hooks shall consist of the following:
splice and adjacent splices or bars.
(a) 180-degree bend plus a minimum 4db
6.1.3.4 Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in extension, but not less than 65 mm, at free
contact to act as a unit shall be limited to two in any end of bar;
one bundle. Individual bars in a bundle cut off within (b) 90-degree bend plus a minimum 12db
the span of a member shall terminate at points at least extension at free end of bar; or
40 bar diameters apart. (c) for stirrup and tie hooks for a Dia 16 bar and
6.1.3.5 Reinforcement embedded in grout shall have smaller, either a 90-degree or 135-degree
a thickness of grout between the reinforcement and bend plus a minimum 6db extension, but not
masonry units not less than 7 mm for fine grout or 13 less than 65 mm, at free end of bar.
mm for coarse grout.
6.1.6 Minimum bend diameter for reinforcing bars
6.1.4 Protection of reinforcement and metal The diameter of bend measured on the inside of
accessories reinforcing bars, other than for stirrups and ties, shall
6.1.4.1 Reinforcing bars shall have a masonry cover not be less than values specified in Table 6.1.
not less than the following:
SBC 305-CR-18 26
6.2—Anchor bolts 6.2.3 Projected area for shear

Headed and bent-bar anchor bolts shall conform to the The projected area of headed and bent-bar anchor
provisions of Sections 6.2.1 through 6.2.7. bolts loaded in shear, 𝐴𝑝𝑣 , shall be determined from
6-2.
6.2.1 Placement
2
Headed and bent-bar anchor bolts shall be embedded 𝜋𝑙𝑏𝑒
in grout. Anchor bolts of 7 mm diameter are permitted 𝐴𝑝𝑣 = 6-2
2
to be placed in mortar bed joints that are at least 13
mm in thickness and, for purposes of application of The portion of projected area overlapping an open
the provisions of Sections 6.2, 8.1.3 and 9.1.6, are cell, or open head joint, or that lies outside the
permitted to be considered as if they are embedded in masonry shall be deducted from the value of 𝐴𝑝𝑣
grout. Anchor bolts placed in the top of grouted cells calculated using 6-2. Where the projected areas of
and bond beams shall be positioned to maintain a anchor bolts overlap, the value of 𝐴𝑝𝑣 calculated
minimum of 7 mm of fine grout between the bolts and using 6-2 shall be adjusted so that no portion of
the masonry unit or 13 mm of coarse grout between masonry is included more than once.
the bolts and the masonry unit. Anchor bolts placed in
drilled holes in the face shells of hollow masonry 6.2.4 Effective embedment length for headed
units shall be permitted to contact the masonry unit anchor bolts
where the bolt passes through the face shell, but the The effective embedment length for a headed anchor
portion of the bolt that is within the grouted cell shall bolt, 𝑙𝑏 , shall be the length of the embedment
be positioned to maintain a minimum of 7 mm of fine measured perpendicular from the masonry surface to
grout between the head or bent leg of each bolt and the compression bearing surface of the anchor head.
the masonry unit or 13 mm of coarse grout between
the head or bent leg of each bolt and the masonry unit. 6.2.5 Effective embedment length for bent-bar
The clear distance between parallel anchor bolts shall anchor bolts
not be less than the nominal diameter of the anchor The effective embedment for a bent-bar anchor bolt,
bolt, nor less than 25 mm. 𝑙𝑏 , shall be the length of embedment measured
6.2.2 Projected area for axial tension perpendicular from the masonry surface to the
compression bearing surface of the bent end, minus
The projected area of headed and bent-bar anchor one anchor bolt diameter.
bolts loaded in axial tension, 𝐴𝑝𝑡 , shall be determined
by 6-1. 6.2.6 Minimum permissible effective embedment
length
𝐴𝑝𝑡 = 𝜋𝑙𝑏2 6-1 The minimum permissible effective embedment
length for headed and bent-bar anchor bolts shall be
The portion of projected area overlapping an open the greater of 4 bolt diameters or 50 mm.
cell, or open head joint, or that lies outside the
masonry shall be deducted from the value of 𝐴𝑝𝑡 6.2.7 Anchor bolt edge distance
calculated using 6-1. Where the projected areas of Anchor bolt edge distance, 𝑙𝑏𝑒 , shall be measured in
anchor bolts overlap, the value of 𝐴𝑝𝑡 calculated the direction of load from the edge of masonry to
using 6-1 shall be adjusted so that no portion of center of the cross section of anchor bolt.
masonry is included more than once.
SBC 305-CR-18 27
TABLES OF CHAPTER 6
Table 6.1: Minimum diameters of bend
Bar size and type Minimum diameter

Dia 10 through Dia 22 (Grade 280) 5 bar diameters
Dia 10 through Dia 25 (Grade 350 or 420) 6 bar diameters
Dia 28, Dia 32, and Dia 36 (Grade 350 or 420) 8 bar diameters
Table 6.2: Physical properties of steel reinforcing wire

Designation Nominal Nominal Nominal Area (As, mm2) per meter
diameter, area, mass, Center-to-center spacing, mm
mm mm2 kg/m 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
WD 4.0 4 12.6 0.099 252 168 126 84 63 50 42 36 32
WD 4.5 4.5 15.9 0.125 318 212 159 106 80 64 53 45 40
WD 5.0 5 19.6 0.154 392 261 196 131 98 78 65 56 49
WD 5.5 5.5 23.8 0.187 476 317 238 159 119 95 79 68 60
WD 6.0 6 28.3 0.222 566 377 283 189 142 113 94 81 71
WD 6.5 6.5 33.2 0.26 664 443 332 221 166 133 111 95 83
WD 7.0 7 38.5 0.302 770 513 385 257 193 154 128 110 96
WD 7.5 7.5 44.2 0.347 884 589 442 295 221 177 147 126 111
WD 8.0 8 50.3 1006 671 503 335 252 201 168 144 126
WD 8.5 8.5 56.7 0.445 1134 756 567 378 284 227 189 162 142
WD 9.0 9 63.6 0.499 1272 848 636 424 318 254 212 182 159
WD 9.5 9.5 70.9 0.556 1418 945 709 473 355 284 236 203 177
WD 10.0 10 78.5 0.617 1570 1047 785 523 393 314 262 224 196
WD 10.5 10.5 86.6 0.68 1732 1155 866 577 433 346 289 247 217
WD 11.0 11 95 0.746 1900 1267 950 633 475 380 317 271 238
WD 11.5 11.5 103.9 0.815 2078 1385 1039 693 520 416 346 297 260
WD 12.0 12 113.1 0.888 2262 1508 1131 754 566 452 377 323 283
SBC 305-CR-18 28
Table 6.3: Physical properties of steel reinforcing bars
Bar designation Nominal Nominal Nominal mass,

diameter, mm area, mm2 kg/m
Dia 6 6 28 0.222
Dia 8 8 50 0.395
Dia 10 10 79 0.617
Dia 12 12 113 0.888
Dia 14 14 154 1.21
Dia 16 16 201 1.58
Dia 18 18 254 2.00
Dia 20 20 314 2.47
Dia 22 22 380 2.98
Dia 25 25 491 3.85
Dia 28 28 616 4.83
Dia 32 32 804 6.31
Dia 36 36 1018 7.99
Dia 40 40 1257 9.87
Dia 45 45 1590 12.5
Dia 50 50 1963 15.4
SBC 305-CR-18 29
CHAPTER 7—SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
7.3.2 Participating elements — Masonry walls that

7.1—Scope
are part of the seismic-force-resisting system shall be
The seismic design requirements of Chapter 7 shall classified as participating elements and shall comply
apply to the design and construction of masonry, with the requirements of Section 7.3.2.1, 7.3.2.2 ,
except glass unit masonry and masonry veneer. 7.3.2.3 , 7.3.2.4 , 7.3.2.5 , 7.3.2.6 , 7.3.2.7 , 7.3.2.8 , or
7.3.2.9 .
7.2—General analysis
7.3.2.1 Empirical design of masonry shear walls —
7.2.1 Element interaction — The interaction of Empirical design of shear walls shall comply with the
structural and nonstructural elements that affect the requirements of Section A.3.
linear and nonlinear response of the structure to
earthquake motions shall be considered in the 7.3.2.2 Ordinary plain (unreinforced) masonry shear
analysis. walls — Design of ordinary plain (unreinforced)
masonry shear walls shall comply with the
7.2.2 Load path — Structural masonry elements requirements of Section 8.2 or Section 9.2.
that transmit forces resulting from earthquakes to the
foundation shall comply with the requirements of 7.3.2.3 Detailed plain (unreinforced) masonry shear
Chapter 7. walls — Design of detailed plain (unreinforced)
masonry shear walls shall comply with the
7.2.3 Anchorage design — Load path connections requirements of Section 8.2 or Section 9.2, and shall
and minimum anchorage forces shall comply with the comply with the requirements of Section 7.3.2.3.1.
requirements of SBC 301.
7.3.2.3.1 Minimum reinforcement requirements —
7.2.4 Drift limits — Under loading combinations Vertical reinforcement of at least 129 mm2 in cross-
that include earthquake, masonry structures shall be sectional area shall be provided at comers, within 400
designed so the calculated story drift, ∆, does not mm of each side of openings, within 200 mm of each
exceed the allowable story drift, ∆𝑎 , obtained from side of movement joints, within 200 mm of the ends
SBC 301. of walls, and at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm on
It shall be permitted to assume that the following center.
shear wall types comply with the story drift limits of Vertical reinforcement adjacent to openings need not
SBC 301: empirical, ordinary plain (unreinforced), be provided for openings smaller than 400 mm, unless
detailed plain (unreinforced), ordinary reinforced, the distributed reinforcement is interrupted by such
intermediate reinforced, ordinary plain (unreinforced) openings.
AAC masonry shear walls, and detailed plain
(unreinforced) AAC masonry shear walls. Horizontal reinforcement shall consist of at least two
longitudinal wires of WD 4.0 joint reinforcement
7.3—Element classification spaced not more than 400 mm on center, or at least
Masonry elements shall be classified in accordance 129 mm2 in cross-sectional area of bond beam
with Section 7.3.1 and 7.3.2 as either participating or reinforcement spaced not more than 3000 mm on
nonparticipating elements of the seismic-force- center. Horizontal reinforcement shall also be
resisting system. provided: at the bottom and top of wall openings and
shall extend at least 625 mm but not less than 40 bar
7.3.1 Nonparticipating elements — Masonry diameters past the opening; continuously at
elements that are not part of the seismic-force- structurally connected roof and floor levels; and
resisting system shall be classified as nonparticipating within 400 mm of the top of walls.
elements and shall be isolated in their own plane from
the seismic force-resisting system except as required Horizontal reinforcement adjacent to openings need
for gravity support. Isolation joints and connectors not be provided for openings smaller than 400 mm,
shall be designed to accommodate the design story unless the distributed reinforcement is interrupted by
drift. such openings.
SBC 305-CR-18 30
7.3.2.4 Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls — sectional area of horizontal

Design of ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls reinforcement shall be at least 0.0015
shall comply with the requirements of Section 8.3 or multiplied by the gross cross-sectional
Section 9.3, and shall comply with the requirements area of the wall, using specified
of Section 7.3.2.3.1 . dimensions.
(d) Shear reinforcement shall be anchored
7.3.2.5 Intermediate reinforced masonry shear walls
around vertical reinforcing bars with a
— Design of intermediate reinforced masonry shear
standard hook.
walls shall comply with the requirements of Section
(e) Mechanical splices in flexural reinforcement
8.3 or Section 9.3. Reinforcement detailing shall also
in plastic hinge zones shall develop the
comply with the requirements of Section 7.3.2.3.1,
specified tensile strength of the spliced bar.
except that the spacing of vertical reinforcement shall
(f) Masonry not laid in running bond shall be
not exceed 1200 mm.
fully grouted and shall be constructed of
7.3.2.6 Special reinforced masonry shear walls — hollow open-end units or two wythes of solid
Design of special reinforced masonry shear walls units.
shall comply with the requirements of Section 8.3,
Section 9.3, or APPENDIX C. Reinforcement
detailing shall also comply with the requirements of 7.3.2.6.1 Shear capacity design
Section 7.3.2.3.1 and the following: 7.3.2.6.1.1 When designing special reinforced
(a) The maximum spacing of vertical masonry shear walls to resist in-plane forces in
reinforcement shall be the smallest of one- accordance with Section 9.3, the design shear
third the length of the shear wall, one-third strength, 𝜙𝑉𝑛 , shall exceed the shear corresponding to
the height of the shear wall, and 1200 mm for the development of 1.25 times the nominal flexural
masonry laid in running bond and 600 mm for strength, 𝑀𝑛 , of the element, except that the nominal
masonry not laid in running bond. shear strength, 𝑉𝑛 , need not exceed 2.5 times required
(b) The maximum spacing of horizontal shear strength, 𝑉𝑢 .
reinforcement required to resist in-plane 7.3.2.6.1.2 When designing special reinforced
shear shall be uniformly distributed, shall be masonry shear walls in accordance with Section 8.3,
the smaller of one-third the length of the shear the shear or diagonal tension stress resulting from in-
wall and one-third the height of the shear plane seismic forces shall be increased by a factor of
wall, and shall be embedded in grout. The 1.5. The 1.5 multiplier need not be applied to the
maximum spacing of horizontal overturning moment.
reinforcement shall not exceed 1200 mm for
masonry laid in running bond and 600 mm for 7.3.2.7 Ordinary plain (unreinforced) AAC masonry
masonry not laid in running bond. shear walls — Design of ordinary plain
(c) The minimum cross-sectional area of vertical (unreinforced) AAC masonry shear walls shall
reinforcement shall be one-third of the comply with the requirements of Section 11.2 and
required shear reinforcement. The sum of the Section 7.3.2.7.1 .
cross-sectional area of horizontal and vertical 7.3.2.7.1 Anchorage of floor and roof diaphragms in
reinforcement shall be at least 0.002 AAC masonry structures — Floor and roof
multiplied by the gross cross-sectional area of diaphragms in AAC masonry structures shall be
the wall, using specified dimensions. anchored to a continuous grouted bond beam
(1) For masonry laid in running bond, the reinforced with at least two longitudinal reinforcing
minimum cross-sectional area of bars, having a total cross-sectional area of at least
reinforcement in each direction shall be 260 mm2 .
at least 0.0007 multiplied by the gross
cross-sectional area of the wall, using 7.3.2.8 Detailed plain (unreinforced) AAC masonry
specified dimensions. shear walls — Design of detailed plain (unreinforced)
(2) For masonry not laid in running bond, the AAC masonry shear walls shall comply with the
minimum cross-sectional area of vertical requirements of Section 11.2 and Sections 7.3.2.7.1
reinforcement shall be at least 0.0007 and 7.3.2.8.1 .
multiplied by the gross cross-sectional 7.3.2.8.1 Minimum reinforcement requirements —
area of the wall, using specified Vertical reinforcement of at least 129 mm2 shall be
dimensions. The minimum cross- provided within 600 mm of each side of openings,
SBC 305-CR-18 31
within 200 mm of movement joints, and within 600 7.4.1.2 Design of participating elements —
mm of the ends of walls. Vertical reinforcement Participating masonry elements shall be designed to
adjacent to openings need not be provided for comply with the requirements of CHAPTER 8,
openings smaller than 400 mm, unless the distributed CHAPTER 9, CHAPTER 11, CHAPTER 14,
reinforcement is interrupted by such openings. APPENDIX A, or APPENDIX B. Masonry shear walls
Horizontal reinforcement shall be provided at the shall be designed to comply with the requirements of
bottom and top of wall openings and shall extend at Section 7.3.2.1 , 7.3.2.2 , 7.3.2.3, 7.3.2.4 , 7.3.2.5 ,
least 600 mm but not less than 40 bar diameters past 7.3.2.6 , 7.3.2.7 , 7.3.2.8, or 7.3.2.9 .
the opening. Horizontal reinforcement adjacent to
openings need not be provided for openings smaller
7.4.2 Seismic Design Category B requirements —
Masonry elements in structures assigned to Seismic
than 400 mm, unless the distributed reinforcement is
Design Category B shall comply with the
interrupted by such openings.
requirements of Section 7.4.1 and with the additional
7.3.2.9 Ordinary reinforced AAC masonry shear requirements of Section 7.4.2.1.
walls — Design of ordinary reinforced AAC masonry
7.4.2.1 Design of participating elements —
shear walls shall comply with the requirements of
Participating masonry elements shall be designed to
Section 11.3 and Sections 7.3.2.7.1 and 7.3.2.8.1 .
comply with the requirements of CHAPTER 8,
7.3.2.9.1 Shear capacity design — The design shear CHAPTER 9, CHAPTER 11, or APPENDIX B.
strength, 𝜙𝑉𝑛 , shall exceed the shear corresponding to Masonry shear walls shall be designed to comply with
the development of 1.25 times the nominal flexural the requirements of Section 7.3.2.2 , 7.3.2.3 , 7.3.2.4 ,
strength, 𝑀𝑛 , of the element, except that the nominal 7.3.2.5 , 7.3.2.6 , 7.3.2.7, 7.3.2.8, or 7.3.2.9 .
shear strength, 𝑉𝑛 , need not exceed 2.5 times required
shear strength, 𝑉𝑢 .
7.4.3 Seismic Design Category C requirements —
Masonry elements in structures assigned to Seismic
7.3.2.10 Ordinary plain (unreinforced) prestressed Design Category C shall comply with the
masonry shear walls — Design of plain requirements of Section 7.4.2 and with the additional
(unreinforced) prestressed masonry shear walls is requirements of Section 7.4.3.1 and 7.4.3.2.
beyond the scope of the current SBC code.
7.4.3.1 Design of nonparticipating elements —
7.3.2.11 Intermediate reinforced prestressed masonry Nonparticipating masonry elements shall comply
shear walls — Design of intermediate reinforced with the requirements of Section 7.3.1 and CHAPTER
prestressed masonry shear walls is beyond the scope 8, CHAPTER 9, CHAPTER 11, APPENDIX A , or
of the current SBC code. APPENDIX B . Nonparticipating masonry elements,
7.3.2.12 Special reinforced prestressed masonry except those constructed of AAC masonry, shall be
shear walls — Design of special reinforced reinforced in either the horizontal or vertical direction
prestressed masonry shear walls is beyond the scope in accordance with the following:
of the current SBC code. (a) Horizontal reinforcement — Horizontal
reinforcement shall consist of at least two
7.4—Seismic Design Category
longitudinal wires of WD 4.0 bed joint
requirements reinforcement spaced not more than 400 mm
The design of masonry elements shall comply with on center for walls greater than 100 mm in
the requirements of Sections 7.4.1 through 7.4.4 based width and at least one longitudinal WD 4.0
on the Seismic Design Category as defined in SBC wire spaced not more than 400 mm on center
301. for walls not exceeding 100 mm in width or
at least one Dia 14 bar spaced not more than
7.4.1 Seismic Design Category A requirements — 1200 mm on center. Where two longitudinal
Masonry elements in structures assigned to Seismic wires of joint reinforcement are used, the
Design Category A shall comply with the space between these wires shall be the widest
requirements of Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.4.1.1, and 7.4.1.2 . that the mortar joint will accommodate.
7.4.1.1 Design of nonparticipating elements — Horizontal reinforcement shall be provided
Nonparticipating masonry elements shall comply within 400 mm of the top and bottom of these
with the requirements of Section 7.3.1 and CHAPTER masonry walls.
8, CHAPTER 9, CHAPTER 11, CHAPTER 14, (b) Vertical reinforcement — Vertical
APPENDIX A , or APPENDIX B. reinforcement shall consist of at least one Dia
14 bar spaced not more than 3000 mm.
SBC 305-CR-18 32
Vertical reinforcement shall be located within nominal depth of the beam. The minimum transverse
400 mm of the ends of masonry walls. reinforcement ratio shall be 0.0015.
7.4.3.2 Design of participating elements — 7.4.4 Seismic Design Category D requirements —
Participating masonry elements shall be designed to Masonry elements in structures assigned to Seismic
comply with the requirements of Section 8.3, 9.3, Design Category D shall comply with the
11.3 , or APPENDIX B . Masonry shear walls shall be requirements of Section 7.4.3 and with the additional
designed to comply with the requirements of Section requirements of Sections 7.4.4.1 and 7.4.4.2 .
7.3.2.4 , 7.3.2.5 , 7.3.2.6, or 7.3.2.9 .
Exception: Design of participating elements of AAC
7.4.3.2.1 Connections to masonry columns — Where masonry shall comply with the requirements of
anchor bolts are used to connect horizontal elements Section 7.4.3.
to the tops of columns, anchor bolts shall be placed
7.4.4.1 Design of nonparticipating elements -
within lateral ties. Lateral ties shall enclose both the
Nonparticipating masonry elements shall comply
vertical bars in the column and the anchor bolts. There
with the requirements of CHAPTER 8, CHAPTER 9,
shall be a minimum of two Dia 14 lateral ties provided
CHAPTER 11, or APPENDIX B. Nonparticipating
in the top 125 mm of the column.
masonry elements, except those constructed of AAC
7.4.3.2.2 Anchorage of floor and roof diaphragms in masonry, shall be reinforced in either the horizontal
AAC masonry structures — Seismic load between or vertical direction in accordance with the following:
floor and roof diaphragms and AAC masonry shear
(a) Horizontal reinforcement — Horizontal
walls shall be transferred through connectors
reinforcement shall comply with Section
embedded in grout and designed in accordance with
7.4.3.1(a).
Section 4.1.4 .
(b) Vertical reinforcement — Vertical
7.4.3.2.3 Material requirements — ASTM C34, reinforcement shall consist of at least one Dia
structural clay load-bearing wall tiles, shall not be 14 bar spaced not more than 1200 mm.
used as part of the seismic-force-resisting system. Vertical reinforcement shall be located within
7.4.3.2.4 Lateral stiffness — At each story level, at 400 mm of the ends of masonry walls.
least 80 percent of the lateral stiffness shall be 7.4.4.2 Design of participating elements — Masonry
provided by seismic-force-resisting walls. Along each shear walls shall be designed to comply with the
line of lateral resistance at a particular story level, at requirements of Section 7.3.2.6 or 7.3.2.9.
least 80 percent of the lateral stiffness shall be
7.4.4.2.1 Minimum reinforcement for masonry
provided by seismic-force-resisting walls. Where
columns — Lateral ties in masonry columns shall be
seismic loads are determined based on a seismic
spaced not more than 200 mm on center and shall be
response modification factor, 𝑅, not greater than 1.5,
at least 9.5 mm diameter. Lateral ties shall be
piers and columns shall be permitted to be used to
embedded in grout.
provide seismic load resistance.
7.4.4.2.2 Material requirements — Fully grouted
7.4.3.2.5 Design of columns, pilasters, and beams
participating elements shall be designed and specified
supporting discontinuous elements — Columns and
with Type S or Type M cement-lime mortar, masonry
pilasters that are part of the seismic-force resisting
cement mortar, or mortar cement mortar. Partially
system and that support reactions from discontinuous
grouted participating elements shall be designed and
stiff elements shall be provided with transverse
specified with Type S or Type M cement-lime mortar
reinforcement spaced at no more than one-fourth of
or mortar cement mortar
the least nominal dimension of the column or pilaster.
The minimum transverse reinforcement ratio shall be 7.4.4.2.3 Lateral tie anchorage — Standard hooks for
0.0015. Beams supporting reactions from lateral tie anchorage shall be either a 135-degree
discontinuous walls shall be provided with transverse standard hook or a 180-degree standard hook.
reinforcement spaced at no more than one-half of the
SBC 305-CR-18 33
TABLES OF CHAPTER 7
Table 7.1: Requirements for Masonry Shear Walls Based on Shear Wall Designation1
Reinforcement
Shear Wall Designation Design Methods Permitted In
Requirements
Empirical Design of Masonry Section A.3 None SDC A
Shear Walls
Ordinary Plain (Unreinforced) Section 8.2 or None SDC A and B
Masonry Shear Walls Section 9.2
Detailed Plain (Unreinforced) Section 8.2 or Section 7.3.2.3.1 SDC A and B
Ordinary Reinforced Masonry Section 8.3 or Section 7.3.2.3.1 SDC A, B, and C
Shear Walls Section 9.3
Intermediate Reinforced Section 8.3 or Section 7.3.2.5 SDC A, B, and C
Special reinforced masonry shear Section 8.3 or Section 7.3.2.6 SDC A, B, C, and D
walls Section 9.3
Ordinary Plain (Unreinforced) Section 7.3.2.7.1 SDC A and B
AAC Masonry Shear Walls Section 11.2
Detailed Plain (Unreinforced) Section 11.2 Section 7.3.2.8.1 SDC A and B

AAC Masonry Shear Walls
Ordinary Reinforced AAC Section 11.3 Section 7.3.2.9 SDC A, B, C, and D
masonry shear walls
1
Section and Chapter references in this table refer to Code Sections and Chapters.
SBC 305-CR-18 34
PART 3—ENGINEERED DESIGN METHOD
PART 3—ENGINEERED DESIGN METHOD
SBC 305-CR-18 35
CHAPTER 8—ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN OF MASONRY
the smaller of the values determined by Equation 8-1

8.1—General and Equation 8-2.
8.1.1 Scope
This chapter provides requirements for allowable 𝐵𝑎𝑏 = 0.104𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′ Equation 8-1
stress design of masonry. Masonry designed in
accordance with this chapter shall comply with the 𝐵𝑎𝑠 = 0.6𝐴𝑏 𝑓𝑦 Equation 8-2
requirements of Part 1, Part 2, Sections 8.1.2
through 8.1.6 , and either Section 8.2 or 8.3. 8.1.3.3.1.2 Allowable axial tensile load of bent-bar
anchor bolts — The allowable axial tensile load, 𝐵𝑎 ,
8.1.2 Design strength for bent-bar anchor bolts embedded in grout shall
Calculated stresses shall not exceed the allowable be the smallest of the values determined by Equation
stress requirements of this Chapter. 8-3,
8.1.3 Anchor bolts embedded in grout

𝐵𝑎𝑏 = 0.104𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′ Equation 8-3
8.1.3.1 Design requirements — Anchor bolts shall
be designed using either the provisions of Section
𝐵𝑎𝑝 = 0.6𝑓𝑚′ 𝑒𝑏 𝑑𝑏
8.1.3.2 or, for headed and bent-bar anchor bolts, by Equation 8-4
the provisions of Section 8.1.3.3 . +0.83𝜋(𝑙𝑏 + 𝑒𝑏 + 𝑑𝑏 )𝑑𝑏
8.1.3.2 Allowable loads determined by test
𝐵𝑎𝑠 = 0.6𝐴𝑏 𝑓𝑦 Equation 8-5
8.1.3.2.1 Anchor bolts shall be tested in accordance
with ASTM E488, except that a minimum of five
tests shall be performed. Loading conditions of the 8.1.3.3.2 Allowable shear load of headed and bent-
test shall be representative of intended use of the bar anchor bolts — The allowable shear load, 𝐵𝑣 , of
anchor bolt. headed and bent-bar anchor bolts embedded in
grout shall be the smallest of the values determined
8.1.3.2.2 Anchor bolt allowable loads used for
by Equation 8-6, Equation 8-7, Equation 8-8, and
design shall not exceed 20 percent of the average
Equation 8-9.
failure load from the tests.
8.1.3.3 Allowable loads determined by calculation
𝐵𝑣𝑏 = 0.104𝐴𝑝𝑣 √𝑓𝑚′ Equation 8-6
for headed and bent-bar anchor bolts — Allowable
loads for headed and bent-bar anchor bolts
embedded in grout shall be determined in 4
𝐵𝑣𝑐 = 1072 √𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑏 Equation 8-7
accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1.3.3.1
through 8.1.3.3.3 .
𝐵𝑣𝑝𝑟𝑦 = 2.0𝐵𝑎𝑏
8.1.3.3.1 Allowable axial tensile load of headed and Equation 8-8
= 0.208𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′
bent-bar anchor bolts — The allowable axial tensile
load of headed anchor bolts shall be calculated
using the provisions of Sections 8.1.3.3.1.1 . The 𝐵𝑣𝑠 = 0.36𝐴𝑏 𝑓𝑦 Equation 8-9
allowable axial tensile load of bent-bar anchor bolts
shall be calculated using the provisions of Section
8.1.3.3.3 Combined axial tension and shear —
8.1.3.3.1.2.
Anchor bolts subjected to axial tension in
8.1.3.3.1.1 Allowable axial tensile load of headed combination with shear shall satisfy Equation 8-10.
anchor bolts —The allowable axial tensile load, 𝐵𝑎 ,
of headed anchor bolts embedded in grout shall be 𝑏𝑎 𝑏𝑣
+ ≤1 Equation 8-10
𝐵𝑎 𝐵𝑣
SBC 305-CR-18 36
8.1.4 Shear stress in multiwythe masonry (c) 𝛾 = 1.5 for Dia 25 through Dia 36 bars.
elements Development length of epoxy-coated bars shall be
8.1.4.1 Design of multiwythe masonry for taken as 150 percent of the length determined by
composite action shall meet the requirements of Equation 8-12.
Section 5.1.4.2 and Section 8.1.4.2 . 8.1.6.4 Embedment of flexural reinforcement
8.1.4.2 Shear stresses developed at the interfaces 8.1.6.4.1 General
between wythes and collar joints or within headers
shall not exceed the following: 8.1.6.4.1.1 Tension reinforcement is permitted to be
developed by bending across the neutral axis of the
(a) Mortared collar joints, 48 kPa. member to be anchored or made continuous with
(b) Grouted collar joints, 89 kPa. reinforcement on the opposite face of the member.
specified unit
(c) headers, 0.108√compressive strength, 8.1.6.4.1.2 Critical sections for development of
of header reinforcement in flexural members are at points of
MPa (over net area of header). maximum steel stress and at points within the span
where adjacent reinforcement terminates or is bent.
8.1.5 Bearing stress
8.1.6.4.1.3 Reinforcement shall extend beyond the
Bearing stresses on masonry shall not exceed point at which it is no longer required to resist
0.33𝑓𝑚′ and shall be calculated over the bearing flexure for a distance equal to the effective depth of
area, 𝐴𝑏𝑟 , as defined in Section 4.3.4. the member or 12𝑑𝑏 , whichever is greater, except
at supports of simple spans and at the free end of
8.1.6 Development of reinforcement embedded cantilevers.
in grout
8.1.6.4.1.4 Continuing reinforcement shall extend a
8.1.6.1 General — The calculated tension or distance 𝑙𝑑 beyond the point where bent or
compression in the reinforcement at each section
terminated tension reinforcement is no longer
shall be developed on each side of the section by
required to resist flexure as required by Section
development length, hook, mechanical device, or
8.1.6.2 or 8.1.6.3 .
combination thereof. Hooks shall not be used to
develop bars in compression. 8.1.6.4.1.5 Flexural reinforcement shall not be
terminated in a tension zone unless one of the
8.1.6.2 Development of wires in tension — The
following conditions is satisfied:
development length of wire shall be determined by
Equation 8-11 but shall not be less than 150 mm. (a) Shear at the cutoff point does not exceed
two-thirds of the allowable shear at the
section considered.
𝑙𝑑 = 0.22𝑑𝑏 𝐹𝑠 Equation 8-11
(b) Stirrup area in excess of that required for
shear is provided along each terminated bar
Development length of epoxy-coated wire shall be or wire over a distance from the termination
taken as 150 percent of the length determined by point equal to three-fourths the effective
Equation 8-11. depth of the member. Excess stirrup area,
8.1.6.3 Development of bars in tension or Av , shall not be less than 60bw s/fy .
compression — The required development length Spacing s shall not exceed d/(8βb ).
of reinforcing bars shall be determined by Equation (c) Continuous reinforcement provides double
8-12, but shall not be less than 300 mm. the area required for flexure at the cutoff
point and shear does not exceed three-
1.57𝑑𝑏2 𝑓𝑦 𝛾 fourths the allowable shear at the section
𝑙𝑑 = Equation 8-12 considered.
𝐾√𝑓𝑚′
8.1.6.4.1.6 Anchorage complying with Section
𝐾 shall not exceed the smallest of the following: the 8.1.6.2 or 8.1.6.3 shall be provided for tension
minimum masonry cover, the clear spacing between reinforcement in corbels, deep flexural members,
adjacent reinforcement splices, and 9𝑑𝑏 . variable-depth arches, members where flexural
reinforcement is not parallel with the compression
(a) γ = 1.0 for Dia 10 through Dia 16 bars; face, and in other cases where the stress in flexural
(b) 𝛾 = 1.3 for Dia 18 through Dia 22 bars;
SBC 305-CR-18 37
reinforcement does not vary linearly through the member d/2, , and start of hook (point of
depth of the section. tangency).
8.1.6.4.2 Development of positive moment 8.1.6.6.1.3 Between the anchored ends, each bend
reinforcement — When a wall or other flexural in the continuous portion of a transverse U-stirrup
member is part of the lateral-force-resisting system, shall enclose a longitudinal bar.
at least 25 percent of the positive moment
8.1.6.6.1.4 Longitudinal bars bent to act as shear
reinforcement shall extend into the support and be
reinforcement, where extended into a region of
anchored to develop 𝐹𝑠 in tension.
tension, shall be continuous with longitudinal
8.1.6.4.3 Development of negative moment reinforcement and, where extended into a region of
reinforcement compression, shall be developed beyond mid depth
8.1.6.4.3.1 Negative moment reinforcement in a of the member, 𝑑/2.
continuous, restrained, or cantilever member shall 8.1.6.6.1.5 Pairs of U-stirrups or ties placed to form
be anchored in or through the supporting member in a closed unit shall be considered properly spliced
accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1.6.1 . when length of laps are 1.7𝑙𝑑 . In grout at least 450
8.1.6.4.3.2 At least one-third of the total mm deep, such splices with 𝐴𝑣 𝑓𝑦 not more than
reinforcement provided for moment at a support 40,000 N per leg shall be permitted to be considered
shall extend beyond the point of inflection the adequate if legs extend the full available depth of
greater distance of the effective depth of the grout.
member or one-sixteenth of the span. 8.1.6.6.2 Welded wire reinforcement
8.1.6.5 Hooks 8.1.6.6.2.1 For each leg of welded wire
8.1.6.5.1 Standard hooks in tension shall be reinforcement forming simple U-stirrups, there
considered to develop an equivalent embedment shall be either:
length, 𝑙𝑒 , equal to 13𝑑𝑏 . (a) Two longitudinal wires at a 50 mm spacing
8.1.6.5.2 The effect of hooks for bars in along the member at the top of the U, or
compression shall be neglected in design (b) One longitudinal wire located not more
calculations. than d/4 from the compression face and a
second wire closer to the compression face
8.1.6.6 Development of shear reinforcement and spaced at least 50 mm from the first
8.1.6.6.1 Bar and wire reinforcement wire. The second wire shall be located on
the stirrup leg beyond a bend, or on a bend
8.1.6.6.1.1 Shear reinforcement shall extend to a with an inside diameter of bend at least
distance 𝑑 from the extreme compression face and 8db .
shall be carried as close to the compression and
tension surfaces of the member as cover 8.1.6.6.2.2 For each end of a single-leg stirrup of
requirements and the proximity of other plain or deformed welded wire reinforcement, there
reinforcement permit. Shear reinforcement shall be shall be two longitudinal wires spaced a minimum
anchored at both ends for its calculated stress. of 50 mm with the inner wire placed at a distance at
least 𝑑/4 or 50 mm from middepth of member,
8.1.6.6.1.2 The ends of single-leg or U-stirrups
shall be anchored by one of the following means:
𝑑/2. Outer longitudinal wire at tension face shall
not be farther from the face than the portion of
(a) A standard hook plus an effective primary flexural reinforcement closest to the face.
embedment of 0.5ld . The effective
8.1.6.7 Splices of reinforcement — Lap splices,
embedment of a stirrup leg shall be taken as
welded splices, or mechanical splices are permitted
the distance between the mid-depth of the
in accordance with the provisions of this section.
member, d/2, and the start of the hook
(point of tangency). 8.1.6.7.1 Lap splices — Lap splices shall not be
(b) For bar Dia 16 and MD200 wire and used in plastic hinge zones of special reinforced
smaller, bending around longitudinal masonry shear walls. The length of the plastic hinge
reinforcement through at least 135 degrees zone shall be taken as at least 0.15 times the
plus an embedment of 0.33ld . The distance between the point of zero moment and the
0.33ld embedment of a stirrup leg shall be point of maximum moment.
taken as the distance between middepth of
SBC 305-CR-18 38
8.1.6.7.1.1 The minimum length of lap for bars in wall system. Type 2 mechanical splices shall be
tension or compression shall be determined by permitted in any location within a member.
Equation 8-12, but not less than 300 mm.
8.1.6.7.4 End-bearing splices
8.1.6.7.1.2 Where reinforcement consisting of Dia
8.1.6.7.4.1 In bars required for compression only,
10 or larger bars is placed transversely within the
the transmission of compressive stress by bearing of
lap, with at least one bar 200 mm or less from each
square cut ends held in concentric contact by a
end of the lap, the minimum length of lap for bars
suitable device is permitted.
in tension or compression determined by Equation
8-12 shall be permitted to be reduced by multiplying 8.1.6.7.4.2 Bar ends shall terminate in flat surfaces
1
by the confinement factor, 𝜉, determined in within 1 degree of a right angle to the axis of the
2
accordance with Equation 8-13. The clear space bars and shall be fitted within 3 degrees of full
between the transverse bars and the lapped bars bearing after assembly.
shall not exceed 38 mm and the transverse bars shall
be fully developed in grouted masonry. The reduced 8.1.6.7.4.3 End-bearing splices shall be used only
lap splice length shall not be less than 36𝑑𝑏 . in members containing closed ties, closed stirrups,
or spirals.
 = 1.0 − 11.60𝐴𝑠𝑐 Equation 8-13 8.1.6.7.5 Splicing of wires in tension
𝑑𝑏2.5
8.1.6.7.5.1 Lap splices — The minimum length of
11.60𝐴𝑠𝑐 lap for wires in tension shall be determined by
where ≤ 1.0
𝑑𝑏2.5 Equation 8-11, but shall not be less than 150 mm.
𝐴𝑠𝑐 is the area of the transverse bars at each end of 8.1.6.7.5.2 Welded splices — Welded splices shall
the lap splice and shall not be taken greater than have the wires welded to develop at least 125
226 mm2 . percent of the specified yield strength of the wire in
tension.
8.1.6.7.1.3 Bars spliced by noncontact lap splices
shall not be spaced transversely farther apart than 8.1.6.7.5.3 Mechanical splices — Mechanical
one-fifth the required length of lap nor more than splices shall have the wires connected to develop at
200 mm. least 125 percent of the specified yield strength of
the wire in tension.
8.1.6.7.2 Welded splices — Welded splices shall
have the bars butted and welded to develop in 8.2—Unreinforced masonry
tension at least 125 percent of the specified yield
strength of the bar. Welding shall conform to AWS
8.2.1 Scope
D1.4/D1.4M. Reinforcement to be welded shall This section provides requirements for the design of
conform to ASTM A706, or shall be accompanied unreinforced masonry as defined in Section 2.2.
by a submittal showing its chemical analysis and Design of unreinforced masonry by the allowable
carbon equivalent as required by AWS stress method shall comply with the requirements of
D1.4/D1.4M. Existing reinforcement to be welded Part 1, Part 2, Section 8.1, and Section 8.2.
shall conform to ASTM A706, or shall be analyzed
chemically and its carbon equivalent determined as 8.2.2 Design criteria
required by AWS D1.4/D1.4M. Welded splices Unreinforced masonry members shall be designed
shall not be permitted in plastic hinge zones of in accordance with the principles of engineering
intermediate or special reinforced walls of masonry. mechanics and shall be designed to remain
8.1.6.7.3 Mechanical splices — Mechanical splices uncracked.
shall have the bars connected to develop in tension 8.2.3 Design assumptions
or compression, as required, at least 125 percent of
the specified yield strength of the bar. Mechanical The following assumptions shall be used in the
splices shall be classified as Type 1 or Type 2 design of unreinforced masonry members:
according to Section 21.1.6.1 of SBC 304. Type 1 (a) Strain in masonry is directly proportional to
mechanical splices shall not be used within a plastic the distance from the neutral axis.
hinge zone or within a beam-wall joint of (b) Flexural tensile stress in masonry is directly
intermediate or special reinforced masonry shear proportional to strain.
SBC 305-CR-18 39
(c) Flexural compressive stress in combination Axial tension resistance of unreinforced masonry
with axial compressive stress in masonry is shall be neglected in design.
directly proportional to strain.
(d) Stresses in reinforcement, if present, are
8.2.6 Shear
neglected when determining the resistance 8.2.6.1 Shear stresses due to forces acting in the
of masonry to design loads. direction considered shall be calculated in
accordance with Section 4.3.1 and determined by
8.2.4 Axial compression and flexure
Equation 8-20.
8.2.4.1 Axial and flexural compression —
Members subjected to axial compression, flexure, 𝑉𝑄
𝑓𝑣 = Equation 8-20
or to combined axial compression and flexure shall 𝐼𝑛 𝑏
be designed to satisfy Equation 8-14 and Equation
8-15. 8.2.6.2 In-plane shear stresses shall not exceed any
of:
𝑓𝑎 𝑓𝑏
+ ≤1 Equation 8-14 (a) 0.125√fm ′
𝐹𝑎 𝐹𝑏
(b) 0.827 MPa
1 (c) For running bond masonry not fully
𝑃 ≤ ( ) 𝑃𝑒 Equation 8-15 grouted;
4
0.255 + 0.45𝑁𝑣 /𝐴𝑛
where:
(d) For masonry not laid in running bond,
(a) For members having an ℎ/𝑟 ratio not constructed of open end units, and fully
greater than 99: grouted;
1 0.255 + 0.45𝑁𝑣 /𝐴𝑛
𝐹𝑎 = ( ) 𝑓𝑚′ ×
4
Equation 8-16 (e) For running bond masonry fully grouted;
ℎ 2
[1 − ( ) ] 0.414 + 0.45𝑁𝑣 /𝐴𝑛
140𝑟
(f) For masonry not laid in running bond,
(b) For members having an h/r ratio greater constructed of other than open end units,
than 99: and fully grouted;
1 70𝑟 2 103kPa
𝐹𝑎 = ( ) 𝑓𝑚′ ( ) Equation 8-17
4 ℎ
8.2.6.3 The minimum normalized web area of
(c) concrete masonry units, determined in accordance
1 with ASTM C140, shall not be less than
𝐹𝑏 = ( ) 𝑓𝑚′ Equation 8-18 187,500 mm2 /m2 or the calculated shear stresses
3
in the webs shall not exceed the value given in
(d) Section 8.2.6.2(a).
𝜋 2 𝐸𝑚 𝐼𝑛 8.3—Reinforced masonry
𝑃𝑒 =
ℎ2
Equation 8-19 8.3.1 Scope
𝑒 3
× (1 − 0.577 ) This section provides requirements for the design of
𝑟
structures in which reinforcement is used to resist
8.2.4.2 Flexural tension — Allowable tensile tensile forces in accordance with the principles of
stresses for masonry elements subjected to out-of- engineering mechanics and the contribution of the
plane or in-plane bending shall be in accordance tensile strength of masonry is neglected, except as
with the values in Table 8.1. For grouted masonry provided in Section 8.3.5. Design of reinforced
not laid in running bond, tension parallel to the bed masonry by the allowable stress method shall
joints shall be assumed to be resisted only by the comply with the requirements of Part 1, Part 2,
minimum cross-sectional area of continuous grout Section 8.1, and Section 8.3.
that is parallel to the bed joints.
8.3.2 Design assumptions
8.2.5 Axial tension
SBC 305-CR-18 40
The following assumptions shall be used in the

𝑃𝑎 = (0.25𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑛
design of reinforced masonry:
(a) Strain compatibility exists between the 70𝑟 2 Equation 8-22
+0.65𝐴𝑠𝑡 𝐹𝑠 ) ( )
reinforcement, grout, and masonry. ℎ
(b) Strains in reinforcement and masonry are
directly proportional to the distances from 8.3.4.2.2 The compressive stress in masonry due to
the neutral axis. flexure or due to flexure in combination with axial
(c) Stress is linearly proportional to the strain. load shall not exceed 0.45𝑓𝑚′ provided that the
(d) The compressive resistance of steel calculated compressive stress due to the axial load
reinforcement does not contribute to the component, 𝑓𝑎 , does not exceed the allowable
axial and flexural strengths unless lateral stress, 𝐹𝑎 , in Section 8.2.4.1 .
reinforcement is provided in compliance 8.3.4.3 Columns — Design axial loads shall be
with the requirements of Section 5.3.1.4 . assumed to act at an eccentricity at least equal to 0.1
(e) Stresses remain in the elastic range. multiplied by each side dimension. Each axis shall
(f) Masonry in tension does not contribute to be considered independently.
axial and flexural resistances. Axial and
flexural tension stresses are resisted 8.3.4.4 Walls — Special reinforced masonry shear
entirely by steel reinforcement. walls having a shear span ratio, 𝑀/(𝑉𝑑𝑣 ), equal to
or greater than 1.0 and having an axial load, 𝑃,
8.3.3 Steel reinforcement — Allowable stresses greater than 0.05𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑛 , which are subjected to in-
8.3.3.1 Tensile stress in bar reinforcement shall not plane forces, shall have a maximum ratio of flexural
exceed the following: tensile reinforcement, 𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥 not greater than that
calculated as follows:
(a) Grade 40 or Grade 50 reinforcement: 138
MPa 𝑛𝑓𝑚′
(b) Grade 60 reinforcement: 220 MPa 𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
𝑓𝑦 Equation 8-23
2𝑓𝑦 (𝑛 + )
8.3.3.2 Tensile stress in wire joint reinforcement 𝑓𝑚′
shall not exceed 205 MPa.
The maximum reinforcement ratio does not apply
8.3.3.3 When lateral reinforcement is provided in in the out-of-plane direction.
compliance with the requirements of Section
5.3.1.4 , the compressive stress in bar reinforcement 8.3.5 Shear
shall not exceed the values given in Section 8.3.3.1 . 8.3.5.1 Members shall be designed in accordance
8.3.4 Axial compression and flexure with Sections 8.3.5.1.1 through 8.3.5.1.4.
8.3.4.1 Members subjected to axial compression, 8.3.5.1.1 Calculated shear stress in the masonry
flexure, or combined axial compression and flexure shall be determined by the relationship:
shall be designed in compliance with Sections
8.3.4.2 through 8.3.4.4 . 𝑉
𝑓𝑣 = Equation 8-24
𝐴𝑛𝑣
8.3.4.2 Allowable forces and stresses
8.3.4.2.1 The compressive force in reinforced 8.3.5.1.2 The calculated shear stress, 𝑓𝑣 , shall not
masonry due to axial load only shall not exceed that exceed the allowable shear stress, 𝐹𝑣 , where 𝐹𝑣 shall
given by Equation 8-21 or Equation 8-22: be calculated using Equation 8-25 and shall not be
taken greater than the limits given by Section
(a) For members having an h/r ratio not
8.3.5.1.2(a) through (c).
greater than 99:
𝑃𝑎 = (0.25𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑛 𝐹𝑣 = (𝐹𝑣𝑚 + 𝐹𝑣𝑠 )𝛾𝑔 Equation 8-25
2
ℎ Equation 8-21
+0.65𝐴𝑠𝑡 𝐹𝑠 ) [1 − ( ) ] (a) Where M/(Vdv ) ≤ 0.25:
140𝑟
(b) For members having an h/r ratio greater 𝐹𝑣 ≤ (0.249√𝑓𝑚′ ) 𝛾𝑔 Equation 8-26
than 99:
(b) Where M/(Vdv ) ≥ 1.0:
SBC 305-CR-18 41
8.3.5.2 Shear reinforcement shall be provided when

𝐹𝑣 ≤ (0.167√𝑓𝑚′ ) 𝛾𝑔 Equation 8-27 𝑓𝑣 exceeds 𝐹𝑣𝑚 . When shear reinforcement is
required, the provisions of Section 8.3.5.2.1 and
𝛾𝑔 = 0.75 for partially grouted shear walls and 1.0 8.3.5.2.2 shall apply.
otherwise. 8.3.5.2.1 Shear reinforcement shall be provided
parallel to the direction of applied shear force.
(c) The maximum value of Fv for M/(Vdv )
Spacing of shear reinforcement shall not exceed the
between 0.25 and 1.0 shall be permitted to
be linearly interpolated. lesser of 𝑑/2 or 1200 mm.
8.3.5.1.3 The allowable shear stress resisted by the 8.3.5.2.2 Reinforcement shall be provided
perpendicular to the shear reinforcement and shall
masonry, 𝐹𝑣𝑚 shall be calculated using Equation
be at least equal to one-third. The reinforcement
8-28 for special reinforced masonry shear walls and
shall be uniformly distributed and shall not exceed
using Equation 8-29 for other masonry:
a spacing of 2.44 m.
𝑃 8.3.5.3 In composite masonry walls, shear stresses
𝐹𝑣𝑚 = 0.25 + 0.021 ×
𝐴𝑛 developed in the planes of interfaces between
Equation 8-28 wythes and filled collar joints or between wythes
𝑀 and headers shall meet the requirements of Section
[(4.0 − 1.75 ( )) √𝑓𝑚′ ]
𝑉𝑑𝑣 8.1.4.2 .
8.3.5.4 In cantilever beams, the maximum shear
𝑃 shall be used. In non-cantilever beams, the
𝐹𝑣𝑚 = 0.25 + 0.042 ×
𝐴𝑛 maximum shear shall be used except that sections
Equation 8-29 located within a distance 𝑑/2 from the face of
𝑀
[(4.0 − 1.75 ( )) √𝑓𝑚′ ] support shall be designed for the same shear as that
𝑉𝑑𝑣 calculated at a distance 𝑑/2 from the face of support
when the following conditions are met:
𝑀/(𝑉𝑑𝑣 ) shall be taken as a positive number and
(a) Support reaction, in direction of applied
need not be taken greater than 1.0.
shear force, introduces compression into
8.3.5.1.4 The allowable shear stress resisted by the the end regions of the beam, and
steel reinforcement, 𝐹𝑣𝑠 shall be calculated using (b) No concentrated load occurs between face
Equation 8-30: of support and a distance 𝑑/2 from face.
𝐴𝑣 𝐹𝑠 𝑑𝑣
𝐹𝑣𝑠 = 0.5 ( ) Equation 8-30
𝐴𝑛𝑣 𝑆
SBC 305-CR-18 42
TABLES OF CHAPTER 8
Table 8.1: Allowable flexural tensile stresses for clay and concrete masonry, kPa
Mortar types
Direction of flexural tensile
stress and masonry type Portland cement/lime or Masonry cement or air entrained
mortar cement Portland cement/lime
M or S N M or S N
Normal to bed joints
Solid units 366 276 221 138
Hollow units1
Ungrouted 228 172 138 83
Fully grouted 448 434 420 400
Parallel to bed joints in running
bond
Solid units 731 552 441 276
Hollow units
Ungrouted and partially 455 345 276 172
grouted
Fully grouted 731 552 441 276
Parallel to bed joints in masonry
not laid in running bond
Continuous grout section 917 917 917 917
parallel to bed joints
Other 0 0 0 0
1
For partially grouted masonry, allowable stresses shall be determined on the basis of linear interpolation between fully
grouted hollow units and ungrouted hollow units based on amount (percentage) of grouting.
SBC 305-CR-18 43
CHAPTER 9—STRENGTH DESIGN OF MASONRY
9.1.4.5 Shear — The value of 𝜙 shall be taken as

9.1—General 0.80 for masonry subjected to shear.
9.1.1 Scope
9.1.5 Deformation requirements
This Chapter provides minimum requirements for
9.1.5.1 Deflection of unreinforced (plain) masonry
strength design of masonry. Masonry design by the
— Deflection calculations for unreinforced (plain)
strength design method shall comply with the
masonry members shall be based on uncracked
requirements of Part 1, Part 2, Sections 9.1.2
section properties.
through 9.1.9 , and either Section 9.2 or 9.3.
9.1.5.2 Deflection of reinforced masonry -
9.1.2 Required strength Deflection calculations for reinforced masonry
Required strength shall be determined in members shall consider the effects of cracking and
accordance with the strength design load reinforcement on member stiffness. The flexural
combinations of SBC 301. Members subject to and shear stiffness properties assumed for
compressive axial load shall be designed for the deflection calculations shall not exceed one-half of
factored moment accompanying the factored axial the gross section properties, unless a cracked-
load. The factored moment, 𝑀𝑢 , shall include the section analysis is performed.
moment induced by relative lateral displacement
9.1.6 Anchor bolts embedded in grout
9.1.3 Design strength Anchorage assemblies connecting masonry
Masonry members shall be proportioned so that the elements that are part of the seismic force-resisting
design strength equals or exceeds the required system to diaphragms and chords shall be designed
strength. Design strength is the nominal strength so that the strength of the anchor is governed by
multiplied by the strength-reduction factor, 𝜙, as steel tensile or shear yielding. Alternatively, the
specified in Section 9.1.4. anchorage assembly is permitted to be designed so
that it is governed by masonry breakout or anchor
9.1.4 Strength-reduction factors pullout provided that the anchorage assembly is
9.1.4.1 Anchor bolts — For cases where the designed to resist not less than 2 times the factored
nominal strength of an anchor bolt is controlled by forces transmitted by the assembly.
masonry breakout, by masonry crushing, or by 9.1.6.1 Design requirements — Anchor bolts shall
anchor bolt pryout, 𝜙 shall be taken as 0.50. For be designed using either the provisions of 9.1.6.2 or,
cases where the nominal strength of an anchor bolt for headed and bent-bar anchor bolts, by the
is controlled by anchor bolt steel, 𝜙 shall be taken provisions of Section 9.1.6.3 .
as 0.90. For cases where the nominal strength of an
anchor bolt is controlled by anchor pullout, 𝜙 shall 9.1.6.2 Nominal strengths determined by test
be taken as 0.65. 9.1.6.2.1 Anchor bolts shall be tested in accordance
9.1.4.2 Bearing — For cases involving bearing on with ASTM E488, except that a minimum of five
masonry, 𝜙 shall be taken as 0.60. tests shall be performed. Loading conditions of the
test shall be representative of intended use of the
9.1.4.3 Combinations of flexure and axial load in anchor bolt.
unreinforced masonry — The value of 𝜙 shall be
taken as 0.60 for unreinforced masonry subjected to 9.1.6.2.2 Anchor bolt nominal strengths used for
flexure, axial load, or combinations thereof. design shall not exceed 65 percent of the average
failure load from the tests.
9.1.4.4 Combinations of flexure and axial load in
reinforced masonry — The value of 𝜙 shall be taken 9.1.6.3 Nominal strengths determined by
as 0.90 for reinforced masonry subjected to flexure, calculation for headed and bent-bar anchor bolts —
axial load, or combinations thereof Nominal strengths of headed and bent-bar anchor
bolts embedded in grout shall be determined in
SBC 305-CR-18 44
accordance with the provisions of Sections 9.1.6.3.1 (nominal shear strength governed by steel yielding).
through 9.1.6.3.3 . The design shear strength 𝜙𝐵𝑣𝑛 shall be the
smallest of the values obtained from Equation 9-6,
9.1.6.3.1 Nominal tensile strength of headed and
Equation 9-7, Equation 9-8 and Equation 9-9
bent-bar anchor bolts — The nominal axial tensile
multiplied by the applicable 𝜙 value.
strength of headed anchor bolts shall be calculated
using the provisions of Sections 9.1.6.3.1.1 . The
nominal axial tensile strength of bent-bar anchor 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑏 = 0.332𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′ Equation 9-6
bolts shall be calculated using the provisions of
4
Section 9.1.6.3.1.2 . 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑐 = 3216 √𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑏 Equation 9-7
9.1.6.3.1.1 Axial tensile strength of headed anchor
𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑝𝑟𝑦 = 2.0𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑏
bolts — The nominal axial tensile strength, Ban of Equation 9-8
headed anchor bolts embedded in grout shall be = 0.664𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′
determined by Equation 9-1 (nominal axial tensile
strength governed by masonry breakout) or 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑠 = 0.6𝐴𝑏 𝑓𝑦 Equation 9-9
Equation 9-2 (nominal axial tensile strength
governed by steel yielding). The design axial tensile 9.1.6.3.3 Combined axial tension and shear —
strength, 𝜙𝐵𝑎𝑛 shall be the smaller of the values Anchor bolts subjected to axial tension in
obtained from Equation 9-1 and Equation 9-2 combination with shear shall satisfy Equation 9-10.
multiplied by the applicable 𝜙 value.
𝑏𝑎𝑓 𝑏𝑣𝑓
+ ≤1 Equation 9-10
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑏 = 0.332𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′ Equation 9-1 ∅𝐵𝑎𝑛 ∅𝐵𝑣𝑛
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑠 = 𝐴𝑏 𝑓𝑦 Equation 9-2 9.1.7 Shear strength in multiwythe masonry

elements
9.1.6.3.1.2 Axial tensile strength of bent-bar anchor 9.1.7.1 Design of multiwythe masonry for
bolts – The nominal axial tensile strength, 𝐵𝑎𝑛 , for composite action shall meet the requirements of
bent-bar anchor bolts embedded in grout shall be Sections 5.1.4.2 and 9.1.7.2 .
determined by Equation 9-3 (nominal axial tensile
strength governed by masonry breakout), Equation 9.1.7.2 The nominal shear strength at the interfaces
9-4 (nominal axial tensile strength governed by between wythes and collar joints or within headers
anchor bolt pullout), or Equation 9-5 (nominal axial shall be determined so that shear stresses shall not
tensile strength governed by steel yielding). The exceed the following:
design axial tensile strength, 𝜙𝐵𝑎𝑛 , shall be the (a) Mortared collar joints, 96 kPa.
smallest of the values obtained from Equation 9-3, (b) Grouted collar joints, 179 kPa.
Equation 9-4 and Equation 9-5 multiplied by the specified unit
applicable 𝜙 value. (c) headers, 0.108√compressive strength,
of header
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑏 = 0.332𝐴𝑝𝑡 √𝑓𝑚′ Equation 9-3 MPa (over net area of header).
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑝 = 1.5𝑓𝑚′ 𝑒𝑏 𝑑𝑏 9.1.8 Nominal bearing strength

Equation 9-4 The nominal bearing strength of masonry shall be
+2.07𝜋(𝑙𝑏 + 𝑒𝑏 + 𝑑𝑏 )𝑑𝑏
calculated as 0.8𝑓𝑚′ multiplied by the bearing area,
𝐴𝑏𝑟 , as defined in Section 4.3.4.
𝐵𝑎𝑛𝑠 = 𝐴𝑏 𝑓𝑦 Equation 9-5
9.1.9 Material properties
9.1.6.3.2 Shear strength of headed and bent-bar
9.1.9.1 Compressive strength
anchor bolts — The nominal shear strength, 𝐵𝑣𝑛 , of
headed and bent-bar anchor bolts shall be 9.1.9.1.1 Masonry compressive strength — The
determined by Equation 9-6 (nominal shear strength specified compressive strength of masonry, 𝑓𝑚′ shall
governed by masonry breakout), Equation 9-7 equal or exceed 10 MPa. The value of 𝑓𝑚′ used to
(nominal shear strength governed by masonry determine nominal strength values in this chapter
crushing), Equation 9-8 (nominal shear strength shall not exceed 27 MPa for concrete masonry and
governed by anchor bolt pryout) or Equation 9-9 shall not exceed 41 MPa for clay masonry.
SBC 305-CR-18 45
9.1.9.1.2 Grout compressive strength — For (b) Flexural tension in masonry shall be
concrete masonry, the specified compressive assumed to be directly proportional to
strength of grout, 𝑓𝑔′ shall equal or exceed the strain.
specified compressive strength of masonry, 𝑓𝑚′ but (c) Flexural compressive stress in combination
shall not exceed 35 MPa. For clay masonry, the with axial compressive stress in masonry
specified compressive strength of grout, 𝑓𝑔′ , shall shall be assumed to be directly proportional
not exceed 41 MPa. to strain.
(d) Stresses in the reinforcement are not
9.1.9.2 Masonry modulus of rupture — The accounted for in determining the resistance
modulus of rupture, 𝑓𝑟 , for masonry elements to design loads
subjected to out-of-plane or in-plane bending shall
be in accordance with the values in Table 9.1. For 9.2.4 Nominal flexural and axial strength
grouted masonry not laid in running bond, tension 9.2.4.1 Nominal strength — The nominal strength
parallel to the bed joints shall be assumed to be of unreinforced (plain) masonry cross-sections for
resisted only by the minimum cross-sectional area combined flexure and axial loads shall be
of continuous grout that is parallel to the bed joints. determined so that:
9.1.9.3 Reinforcement strengths (a) The compressive stress does not exceed
′
9.1.9.3.1 Reinforcement for in-plane flexural 0.80fm .
tension and flexural tension perpendicular to bed (b) The tensile stress does not exceed the
joints — Masonry design shall be based on a modulus of rupture determined from
reinforcement strength equal to the specified yield Section 9.1.9.2 .
strength of reinforcement, 𝑓𝑦 , which shall not 9.2.4.2 Nominal axial strength — The nominal
exceed 414 MPa. The actual yield strength shall not axial strength, 𝑃𝑛 , shall not be taken greater than the
exceed 1.3 multiplied by the specified yield following:
strength.
(a) For members having an ℎ/𝑟 ratio not
9.1.9.3.2 Reinforcement for in-plane shear and greater than 99:
flexural tension parallel to bed joints — Masonry
design shall be based on a specified yield strength, 𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝑚′
𝑃𝑛 = 0.80 { ×
𝑓𝑦 , which shall not exceed 414 MPa for reinforcing 1.25
bars and which shall not exceed 586 MPa for Equation 9-11
ℎ 2
reinforcing wire. [1 − ( ) ]}
140𝑟
9.2—Unreinforced (plain) masonry
(b) For members having an h/r ratio greater
9.2.1 Scope than 99:
Design of unreinforced masonry by the strength 𝑃𝑛 = 0.80 ×
design method shall comply with the requirements
of Part 1, Part 2, Section 9.1, and Section 9.2. 70𝑟 2 Equation 9-12
[0.80𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝑚′ ( ) ]
ℎ
9.2.2 Design criteria
Unreinforced masonry members shall be designed 9.2.4.3 P-Delta effects
in accordance with the principles of engineering
9.2.4.3.1 Members shall be designed for the
mechanics and shall be designed to remain
factored axial load, 𝑃𝑢 , and the moment magnified
uncracked.
for the effects of member curvature, 𝑀𝑢 .
9.2.3 Design assumptions
9.2.4.3.2 The magnified moment, 𝑀𝑢 , shall be
The following assumptions shall be used in the determined either by a second-order analysis, or by
design of unreinforced masonry members: a first-order analysis and Equation 9-13 and
Equation 9-14.
(a) Strain in masonry shall be directly
proportional to the distance from the
𝑀𝑢 = 𝜓𝑀𝑢, 0 Equation 9-13
neutral axis.
SBC 305-CR-18 46
1 shall comply with the requirements of Part 1, Part

𝜓= 2, Section 9.19.1, and Section 9.3.
𝑃𝑢
1− Equation 9-14
70𝑟 2 9.3.2 Design assumptions
𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝑚′ ( )
ℎ
The following assumptions shall be used in the
9.2.4.3.3 A value of 𝜓 = 1 shall be permitted for design of reinforced masonry:
members in which ℎ/ 𝑟 ≤ 45.
(a) Strain compatibility exists between the
9.2.4.3.4 A value of 𝜓 = 1 shall be permitted for reinforcement, grout, and masonry.
members in which 45 < ℎ / 𝑟 ≤ 60, provided that (b) The nominal strength of reinforced
the nominal strength defined in Section 9.2.4.1 is masonry cross-sections for combined
reduced by 10 percent. flexure and axial load is based on
applicable conditions of equilibrium.
9.2.5 Axial tension — axial tension resistance of (c) The maximum usable strain, εmu , at the
unreinforced masonry shall be neglected in design. extreme masonry compression fiber is
9.2.6 Nominal shear strength 0.0035 for clay masonry and 0.0025 for
concrete masonry.
9.2.6.1 Nominal shear strength, 𝑉𝑛 , shall be the (d) Strains in reinforcement and masonry are
smallest of (a), (b) and the applicable condition of directly proportional to the distance from
(c) through (f): the neutral axis.
′
(a) 0.316Anv √fm (e) Compression and tension stress in
(b) 2.07 Anv reinforcement is Es multiplied by the steel
(c) For running bond masonry not fully strain, but not greater than fy . Except as
grouted; permitted in Section 9.3.3.5.1 (e) for
determination of maximum area of flexural
0.386𝐴𝑛𝑣 + 0.45𝑁𝑢 reinforcement, the compressive stress of
(d) For masonry not laid in running bond, steel reinforcement does not contribute to
constructed of open end units, and fully the axial and flexural resistance unless
grouted; lateral restraining reinforcement is
provided in compliance with the
0.386𝐴𝑛𝑣 + 0.45𝑁𝑢 requirements of Section 5.3.1.4.
(e) For running bond masonry fully grouted; (f) Masonry in tension does not contribute to
axial and flexural strengths. Axial and
0.620𝐴𝑛𝑣 + 0.45𝑁𝑢 flexural tension stresses are resisted
(f) For masonry not laid in running bond, entirely by steel reinforcement.
constructed of other than open end units, (g) The relationship between masonry
and fully grouted; compressive stress and masonry strain is
defined by the following:
0.159𝐴𝑛𝑣
Masonry stress of 0.80𝑓𝑚′ is uniformly distributed
9.2.6.2 The minimum normalized web area of over an equivalent compression stress block
concrete masonry units, determined in accordance bounded by edges of the cross section and a straight
with ASTM C140, shall not be less than line located parallel to the neutral axis and located
187,500 mm2 /m2 or the nominal shear strength of at a distance 𝑎 = 0.80𝑐 from the fiber of maximum
the web shall not exceed 0.316𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝑚′ 𝐼𝑛 𝑏/𝑄 compressive strain. The distance 𝑐 from the fiber of
maximum strain to the neutral axis shall be
9.3—Reinforced masonry
measured perpendicular to the neutral axis.
9.3.1 Scope
9.3.3 Reinforcement requirements and details
This section provides requirements for the design of
9.3.3.1 Reinforcement size limitations
structures in which reinforcement is used to resist
tensile forces in accordance with the principles of (a) Reinforcing bars used in masonry shall not
engineering mechanics and the contribution of the be larger than Dia 28. The nominal bar
tensile resistance of the masonry is neglected except diameter shall not exceed one-eighth of the
as provided in Section 9.3.4.1.2 . Design of nominal member thickness and shall not
reinforced masonry by the strength design method exceed one-quarter of the least clear
SBC 305-CR-18 47
dimension of the cell, course, or collar joint the distance between the mid-depth of the
in which the bar is placed. The area of member, d/2, and the start of the hook
reinforcing bars placed in a cell or in a (point of tangency).
course of hollow unit construction shall not (b) For Dia 16 bars and smaller, bending
exceed 4 percent of the cell area around longitudinal reinforcement through
(b) Joint reinforcement longitudinal wire used at least 135 degrees plus an embedment of
in masonry as shear reinforcement shall be ld /3. The ld /3 embedment of a stirrup leg
at least 5 mm diameter. shall be taken as the distance between mid-
9.3.3.2 Standard hooks — Standard hooks in depth of the member, d/2, and the start of
tension shall be considered to develop an equivalent the hook (point of tangency).
embedment length, le, as determined by Equation (c) Between the anchored ends, each bend in
9-15:
the continuous portion of a transverse U-
stirrup shall enclose a longitudinal bar.
𝑙𝑒 = 13𝑑𝑏 Equation 9-15 9.3.3.3.2.2 At wall intersections, horizontal
reinforcing bars needed to satisfy shear strength
9.3.3.3 Development — The required tension or requirements of Section 9.3.4.1.2 shall be bent
compression reinforcement shall be developed in around the edge vertical reinforcing bar with a 90-
accordance with the following provisions: degree standard hook and shall extend horizontally
The required development length of reinforcement into the intersecting wall a minimum distance at
shall be determined by Equation 9-16, but shall not least equal to the development length.
be less than 300 mm. 9.3.3.3.2.3 Joint reinforcement used as shear
reinforcement and needed to satisfy the shear
1.57𝑑𝑏2 𝑓𝑦 𝛾 strength requirements of Section 9.3.4.1.2 shall be
𝑙𝑑 = Equation 9-16
𝑘√𝑓𝑚′ anchored around the edge reinforcing bar in the
edge cell, either by bar placement between adjacent
𝐾 shall not exceed the smallest of the following: the cross-wires or with a 90-degree bend in longitudinal
minimum masonry cover, the clear spacing between wires bent around the edge cell and with at least 75-
adjacent reinforcement splices, and 9𝑑𝑏 . mm bend extensions in mortar or grout.
(a) γ = 1.0 for Dia 10 through Dia 16 bars; 9.3.3.3.3 Development of wires in tension — the
(b) 𝛾 = 1.3 for Dia 18 through Dia 22 bars; development length of wire shall be determined by
Equation 9-17, but shall not be less than 150 mm.
(c) 𝛾 = 1.5 for Dia 25 through Dia 28 bars.
Development length of epoxy-coated reinforcing 𝑙𝑑 = 48𝑑𝑏 Equation 9-17
bars shall be taken as 150 percent of the length
determined by Equation 9-16. Development length of epoxy-coated wire shall be
9.3.3.3.1 Reinforcement spliced by noncontact lap taken as 150 percent of the length determined by
splices shall not be spaced farther apart than one- Equation 9-17.
fifth the required length of lap nor more than 200 9.3.3.4 Splices — Reinforcement splices shall
mm. comply with one of the following:
9.3.3.3.2 Shear reinforcement shall extend the (a) The minimum length of lap for bars shall be
depth of the member less cover distances. 300 mm or the development length
9.3.3.3.2.1 Except at wall intersections, the end of a determined by Equation 9-16, whichever is
horizontal reinforcing bar needed to satisfy shear greater.
strength requirements of Section 9.3.4.1.2 shall be (b) Where reinforcement consisting of M10 or
bent around the edge vertical reinforcing bar with a larger bars is placed within the lap, with at
180-degree hook. The ends of single-leg or U- least one bar 200 mm or less from each end
stirrups shall be anchored by one of the following of the lap, the minimum length of lap for
means: bars in tension or compression determined
by Equation 9-16 shall be permitted to be
(a) A standard hook plus an effective reduced by multiplying the confinement
embedment of ld /2. The effective reinforcement factor, ξ. The clear space
embedment of a stirrup leg shall be taken as between the transverse bars and the lapped
SBC 305-CR-18 48
bars shall not exceed 38 mm and the maximum strain in the masonry as given by
transverse bars shall be fully developed in Section 9.3.2(c).
grouted masonry. The reduced lap splice (b) The design assumptions of Section 9.3.2
length shall not be less than 36db . shall apply.
11.60𝐴𝑠𝑐 (c) The stress in the tension reinforcement
ξ = 1.0 − Equation 9-18 shall be taken as the product of the modulus
𝑑𝑏2.5 of elasticity of the steel and the strain in the
11.60𝐴𝑠𝑐
reinforcement, and need not be taken
Where: ≤ 1.0 greater than fy .
𝑑𝑏2.5
(d) Axial forces shall be taken from the loading
𝐴𝑠𝑐 is the area of the transverse bars at each end of combination given by D + 0.75L +
the lap splice and shall not be taken greater than 0.525Q E .
226 mm2 . (e) The effect of compression reinforcement,
(c) A welded splice shall be capable of with or without lateral restraining
developing in tension at least 125 percent reinforcement, shall be permitted to be
of the specified yield strength, fy , of the bar. included for purposes of calculating
Welded splices shall only be permitted for maximum flexural tensile reinforcement.
ASTM A706 steel reinforcement. Welded 9.3.3.5.2 For intermediate Reinforced masonry
splices shall not be permitted in plastic shear walls subject to in-plane loads where
hinge zones of intermediate or special 𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) ≥ 1, a strain gradient corresponding to
reinforced walls of masonry. a strain in the extreme tensile reinforcement equal
(d) Mechanical splices shall be classified as to 3 multiplied by the yield strain and a maximum
Type 1 or Type 2 according to Section strain in the masonry as given by Section 9.3.2(c)
21.1.6.1 of SBC 304. Type 1 mechanical shall be used. For intermediate reinforced masonry
splices shall not be used within a plastic shear walls subject to out-of-plane loads, the
hinge zone or within a beam-column joint provisions of Section 9.3.3.5.1 shall apply.
of intermediate or special reinforced
masonry shear walls. Type 2 mechanical 9.3.3.5.3 For special reinforced masonry shear
splices are permitted in any location within walls subject to in-plane loads where 𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) ≥
a member. 1, a strain gradient corresponding to a strain in the
(e) Where joint reinforcement is used as shear extreme tensile reinforcement equal to 4 multiplied
reinforcement, the splice length of the by the yield strain and a maximum strain in the
longitudinal wires shall be a minimum of masonry as given by Section 9.3.2(c) shall be used.
48db . For special reinforced masonry shear walls subject
to out-of-plane loads, the provisions of Section
9.3.3.4.1 Lap splices shall not be used in plastic 9.3.3.5.1 shall apply.
hinge zones of special reinforced masonry shear
walls. The length of the plastic hinge zone shall be 9.3.3.5.4 For masonry members where 𝑀𝑢 /
taken as at least 0.15 times the distance between the (𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) ≤ 1 and when designed using 𝑅 ≤ 1.5,
point of zero moment and the point of maximum there is no upper limit to the maximum flexural
moment. tensile reinforcement. For masonry members where
𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) ≤ 1 and when designed using 𝑅 ≥
9.3.3.5 Maximum area of flexural tensile 1.5, the provisions of Section 9.3.3.5.1 shall apply.
reinforcement
9.3.3.6 Bundling of reinforcing bars — Reinforcing
9.3.3.5.1 For masonry members where 𝑀𝑢 / bars shall not be bundled.
(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) ≥ 1, the cross-sectional area of flexural
tensile reinforcement shall not exceed the area 9.3.3.7 Joint reinforcement used as shear
required to maintain axial equilibrium under the reinforcement — Joint reinforcement used as shear
following conditions: reinforcement shall consist of at least two 5 mm
diameter longitudinal wires located within a bed
(a) A strain gradient shall be assumed, joint and placed over the masonry unit face shells.
corresponding to a strain in the extreme The maximum spacing of joint reinforcement used
tensile reinforcement equal to 1.5 as shear reinforcement shall not exceed 400 mm for
multiplied by the yield strain and a Seismic Design Categories (SDC) A and B and
shall not exceed 200 mm in partially grouted walls
SBC 305-CR-18 49
for SDC C and D. Joint reinforcement used as shear

reinforcement in fully grouted walls for SDC C and 𝑉𝑛 ≤ (0.332𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝑚′ )𝛾𝑔 Equation 9-23
D shall consist of four 5 mm diameter longitudinal
wires at a spacing not to exceed 200 mm. 𝛾𝑔 = 0.75 for partially grouted shear walls and 1.0
otherwise.
9.3.4 Design of beams, piers, and columns
(c) The maximum value of Vn for Mu /(Vn dv )
Member design forces shall be based on an analysis between 0.25 and 1.0 shall be permitted to
that considers the relative stiffness of structural be linearly interpolated.
members. The calculation of lateral stiffness shall
include the contribution of all beams, piers, and 9.3.4.1.2.1 Nominal masonry shear strength —
columns. The effects of cracking on member Shear strength provided by the masonry, 𝑉𝑛𝑚 , shall
stiffness shall be considered. be calculated using Equation 9-24:
9.3.4.1 Nominal strength
𝑉𝑛𝑚 = 0.083 × [4.0 −
9.3.4.1.1 Nominal axial and flexural strength — 𝑀𝑢 Equation
The nominal axial strength, 𝑃𝑛 , and the nominal 1.75 ( )] ×
𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 9-24
flexural strength, 𝑀𝑛 , of a cross section shall be
determined in accordance with the design 𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝑚′ + 0.25𝑃𝑢
assumptions of Section 9.3.2 and the provisions of
this Section. The nominal flexural strength at any 𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) shall be taken as a positive number and
section along a member shall not be less than one- need not be taken greater than 1.0
fourth of the maximum nominal flexural strength at 9.3.4.1.2.2 Nominal shear strength provided by
the critical section. reinforcement — Nominal shear strength provided
The nominal axial compressive strength shall not by shear reinforcement, 𝑉𝑛𝑠 , shall be calculated as
exceed Equation 9-19 or Equation 9-20, as follows:
appropriate.
𝐴𝑣
(a) For members having an h/r ratio not 𝑉𝑛𝑠 = 0.5 ( )𝑓 𝑑 Equation 9-25
𝑠 𝑦 𝑣
greater than 99:
𝑃𝑛 = 0.80[0.80𝑓𝑚′ (𝐴𝑛 9.3.4.2 Beams — Design of beams shall meet the
− 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ) requirements of Section 5.2 and the additional
Equation 9-19 requirements of Sections 9.3.4.2.1 through 9.3.4.2.4 .
ℎ 2
+𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ] [1 − ( ) ] 9.3.4.2.1 The factored axial compressive force on a
140𝑟 beam shall not exceed 0.05𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝑚′
(b) For members having an h/r ratio greater 9.3.4.2.2 Longitudinal reinforcement
than 99:
9.3.4.2.2.1 The variation in longitudinal reinforcing
𝑃𝑛 = 0.80[0.80𝑓𝑚′ (𝐴𝑛 bars in a beam shall not be greater than one bar size.
− 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ) Not more than two bar sizes shall be used in a beam.
Equation 9-20
70𝑟 2 9.3.4.2.2.2 The nominal flexural strength of a beam
+𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ] ( )
ℎ shall not be less than 1.3 multiplied by the nominal
cracking moment of the beam, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , the modulus of
9.3.4.1.2 Nominal shear strength Nominal shear rupture, 𝑓𝑟 , for this calculation shall be determined
strength, 𝑉𝑛 , shall be calculated using Equation 9-21, in accordance with Section 9.1.9.2 .
and shall not be taken greater than the limits given
9.3.4.2.2.3 The requirements of Section 9.3.4.2.2.2
by 9.3.4.1.2 (a) through (c).
need not be applied if at every section the area of
tensile reinforcement provided is at least one-third
𝑉𝑛 = (𝑉𝑛𝑚 + 𝑉𝑛𝑠 )𝛾𝑔 Equation 9-21
greater than that required by analysis.
(a) Where Mu /(Vu dv ) ≤ 0.25: 9.3.4.2.3 Transverse reinforcement — Transverse
𝑉𝑛 ≤ (0.498𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝑚′ ) 𝛾𝑔 Equation 9-22 reinforcement shall be provided where 𝑉𝑢 exceeds
𝜙𝑉𝑛𝑚 . The factored shear, 𝑉𝑢 , shall include the
(b) Where Mu /(Vu dv ) ≥ 1.0 effects of lateral load. When transverse
SBC 305-CR-18 50
reinforcement is required, the following provisions that the reinforcement ratios in both directions are
shall apply: at least 0.001. Distributed flexural reinforcement is
to be included in the determination of the actual
(a) Transverse reinforcement shall be a single
reinforcement ratios.
bar with a 180-degree hook at each end.
(b) Transverse reinforcement shall be hooked 9.3.4.3 Piers
around the longitudinal reinforcement.
9.3.4.3.1 The factored axial compression force on
(c) The minimum area of transverse
piers shall not exceed 0.3𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝑚′
reinforcement shall be 0.0007bdv .
(d) The first transverse bar shall not be located 9.3.4.3.2 Longitudinal reinforcement — a pier
more than one-fourth of the beam depth, subjected to in-plane stress reversals shall be
dv , from the end of the beam. reinforced symmetrically about the neutral axis of
(e) The maximum spacing shall not exceed the pier. Longitudinal reinforcement of piers shall
one-half the depth of the beam nor 1200 comply with the following:
mm. (a) At least one bar shall be provided in each
9.3.4.2.4 Construction — Beams shall be fully end cell.
grouted. (b) The minimum area of longitudinal
reinforcement shall be 0.0007bd.
9.3.4.2.5 Coupling beams — Structural members
that provide coupling between shear walls shall be 9.3.4.3.3 Dimensional limits — Dimensions shall
designed to reach their moment or shear nominal be in accordance with the following:
strength before either shear wall reaches its moment (a) The nominal thickness of a pier shall not
or shear nominal strength. Analysis of coupled exceed 400 mm.
shear walls shall comply with accepted principles of (b) The distance between lateral supports of a
mechanics. pier shall not exceed 25 multiplied by the
The design shear strength, 𝜙𝑉𝑛 , of the coupling nominal thickness of a pier except as
beams shall satisfy the following criterion: provided for in Section 9.3.4.3.3(c).
(c) When the distance between lateral supports
1.25(𝑀1 + 𝑀2 ) of a pier exceeds 25 multiplied by the
𝜙𝑉𝑛 ≥ nominal thickness of the pier, design shall
𝐿𝑐 Equation 9-26
+ 1.4𝑉𝑔 be based on the provisions of Section 9.3.5.
(d) The nominal length of a pier shall not be
Where 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 are the normal moment strength less than three multiplied by its nominal
at the ends of the beam, 𝐿𝑐 is the length of the beam thickness nor greater than six multiplied by
between the shear walls and 𝑉𝑔 is the unfactored its nominal thickness. The clear height of a
pier shall not exceed five multiplied by its
shear force due to gravity loads.
nominal length.
The calculation of the nominal flexural moment
Exception: When the factored axial force at the
shall include the reinforcement in reinforced
location of maximum moment is less than
concrete roof and floor systems. The width of the
0.05𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑔 , the length of a pier shall be permitted to
reinforced concrete used for calculations of
reinforcement shall be six times the floor or roof be equal to the thickness of the pier.
slab thickness. 9.3.5 Wall design for out-of-plane loads
9.3.4.2.6 Deep flexural member detailing — 9.3.5.1 Scope — The requirements of Section 9.3.5
Flexural members with overall-depth-to-clear-span shall apply to the design of walls for out-of-plane
ratio greater than 2/5 for continuous spans or 4/5 for loads.
simple spans shall be detailed in accordance with
this section. 9.3.5.2 Nominal axial and flexural strength the
nominal axial strength, 𝑃𝑛 , and the nominal flexural
9.3.4.2.6.1 Minimum flexural tension strength, 𝑀𝑛 , of a cross-section shall be determined
reinforcement shall conform to Section 9.3.4.3.2 . in accordance with the design assumptions of
9.3.4.2.6.2 Uniformly distributed horizontal and Section 9.3.2. The nominal axial compressive
vertical reinforcement shall be provided throughout strength shall not exceed that determined by
the length and depth of deep flexural members such Equation 9-19 or Equation 9-20, as appropriate.
SBC 305-CR-18 51
9.3.5.3 Nominal shear strength — The nominal Where:

shear strength shall be determined by Section
9.3.4.1.2 . 𝑃𝑢 = 𝑃𝑢𝑤 + 𝑃𝑢𝑓 Equation 9-29
9.3.5.4 P-Delta effects
The deflection due to factored loads (𝛿𝑢 ) shall be
9.3.5.4.1 Members shall be designed for the obtained using Equation 9-30 and Equation 9-31.
(a) Where Mu < Mcr
for the effects of member curvature, 𝑀𝑢 . The
magnified moment shall be determined either by 5𝑀𝑢 ℎ2
Section 9.3.5.4.2 or Section 9.3.5.4.3. 𝛿𝑢 = Equation 9-30
48𝐸𝑚 𝐼𝑛
9.3.5.4.2 Moment and deflection calculations in (b) Where Mcr ≤ Mu ≤ Mn
this section are based on simple support conditions
top and bottom. For other support and fixity 5𝑀𝑐𝑟 ℎ2
𝛿𝑢 = +
conditions, moments and deflections shall be 48𝐸𝑚 𝐼𝑛
calculated using established principles of Equation 9-31
5(𝑀𝑢 − 𝑀𝑐𝑟 )ℎ2
mechanics.
48𝐸𝑚 𝐼𝑐𝑟
The procedures set forth in this Section shall be
used when the factored axial load stress at the 9.3.5.4.3 The factored moment, 𝑀𝑢 , shall be
location of maximum moment satisfies the determined either by a second-order analysis, or by
requirement calculated by Equation 9-27. a first-order analysis and Equation 9-32 through
Equation 9-34.
𝑃𝑢
( ) ≤ 0.20𝑓𝑚′ Equation 9-27
𝐴𝑔 𝑀𝑢 = 𝜓𝑀𝑢, 0 Equation 9-32
When the ratio of effective height to nominal Where 𝑀𝑢, 𝑜 is the factored moment from first-order
thickness, ℎ/𝑡, exceeds 30, the factored axial stress analysis.
shall not exceed 0.05𝑓𝑚′ .
1
A nominal thickness of 100 mm is permitted where 𝜓=
𝑃𝑢 Equation 9-33
load-bearing reinforced hollow clay unit masonry 1−
𝑃𝑒
walls satisfy all of the following conditions.
(1) The maximum unsupported height-to- Where:
thickness or length-to-thickness ratios do
not exceed 27. 𝜋 2 𝐸𝑚 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓
𝑃𝑒 = Equation 9-34
(2) The net area unit strength exceeds 55 MPa. ℎ2
(3) Units are laid in running bond. For 𝑀𝑢 < 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be taken as 0.75𝐼𝑛 . For
(4) Bar sizes do not exceed 12 mm. 𝑀𝑢 ≥ 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be taken as 𝐼𝑐𝑟 𝑃𝑢 /𝑃𝑒 cannot
exceed 1.0.
(5) There are no more than two bars or one
splice in a cell. 9.3.5.4.4 The cracking moment of the wall shall be
calculated using the modulus of rupture, 𝑓𝑟 , taken
(6) Joints are not raked. from Table 9.1.
Factored moment and axial force shall be 9.3.5.4.5 The neutral axis for determining the
determined at the mid height of the wall and shall cracked moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 , shall be determined
be used for design. The factored moment, 𝑀𝑢 , at the in accordance with the design assumptions of
midheight of the wall shall be calculated using Section 9.3.2. The effects of axial load shall be
Equation 9-28.
permitted to be included when calculating 𝐼𝑐𝑟 .
𝑤𝑢 ℎ2 Unless stiffness values are obtained by a more
𝑀𝑢 = + comprehensive analysis, the cracked moment of
8 Equation 9-28
𝑒𝑢 inertia for a wall that is partially or fully grouted and
𝑃𝑢𝑓 + 𝑃𝑢 𝛿𝑢 whose neutral axis is in the face shell shall be
2 obtained from Equation 9-35 and Equation 9-36.
SBC 305-CR-18 52
9.3.6.5.1 Special boundary elements need not be

𝑃𝑢 𝑡𝑠𝑝
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑛 (𝐴𝑠 + )× provided in shear walls meeting the following
𝑓𝑦 2𝑑 conditions:
Equation 9-35
𝑏𝑐 3 (1) 𝑃𝑢 ≤ 0.10𝐴𝑔 𝑓𝑚′ for geometrically
(𝑑 − 𝑐)2 +
3 symmetrical wall sections
𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 + 𝑃𝑢 𝑃𝑢 ≤ 0.05𝐴𝑔 𝑓𝑚′ for geometrically
𝑐= Equation 9-36 unsymmetrical wall sections; and either
0.64𝑓𝑚′ 𝑏
𝑀𝑢
(2) ≤ 1.0; or
9.3.5.5 Deflections — The horizontal mid height 𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣
deflection, 𝛿𝑠 , under allowable stress design load 𝑀𝑢
(3) 𝑉𝑢 ≤ 0.25𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝑚′ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ≤ 3.0
combinations shall be limited by the relation: 𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣
9.3.6.5.2 The need for special boundary elements at

𝛿𝑆 < 0.007ℎ Equation 9-37 the edges of shear walls shall be evaluated in
accordance with Section 9.3.6.5.3 or 9.3.6.5.4 . The
P-delta effects shall be included in deflection requirements of Section 9.3.6.5.5 shall also be
calculation using either Section 9.3.5.5.1 or Section satisfied.
9.3.5.5.2 .
9.3.6.5.3 This Section applies to walls bending in
9.3.5.5.1 For simple support conditions top and single curvature in which the flexural limit state
bottom, the mid height deflection, 𝛿𝑠 , shall be response is governed by yielding at the base of the
calculated using either Equation 9-30 or Equation wall. Walls not satisfying those requirements shall
9-31, as applicable, and replacing 𝑀𝑢 with 𝑀𝑠𝑒𝑟 and be designed in accordance with Section 9.3.6.5.4 .
𝛿𝑢 with 𝛿𝑠 .
(a) Special boundary elements shall be
9.3.5.5.2 The deflection, 𝛿𝑠 , shall be determined by provided over portions of compression
a second-order analysis that includes the effects of zones where:
cracking, or by a first-order analysis with the
𝑙𝑤
calculated deflections magnified by a factor of 𝑐≥
600(𝐶𝑑 𝛿𝑛𝑒 /ℎ𝑤 )
1/(1– 𝑃/𝑃𝑒 ), where 𝑃𝑒 is determined from Equation
9-34. and 𝑐 is calculated for the 𝑃𝑢 given by SBC 301
Strength Design Load Combination 5 (1.2𝐷 +
9.3.6 Wall design for in-plane loads 1.0𝐸 + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆) or the corresponding strength
9.3.6.1 Scope — The requirements of Section 9.3.6 design load combination of SBC301, and the
shall apply to the design of walls to resist in-plane corresponding nominal moment strength, 𝑀𝑛 , at the
loads. base critical section. The load factor on 𝐿 in
Combination 5 is reducible to 0.5, as per exceptions
9.3.6.2 Reinforcement — Reinforcement shall be
to Section 2.3.2 of SBC 301.
provided perpendicular to the shear reinforcement
and shall be at least equal to one-third. The (b) Where special boundary elements are
reinforcement shall be uniformly distributed and required by Section 9.3.6.5.3(a), the special
shall not exceed a spacing of 2.40 m. boundary element reinforcement shall
extend vertically from the critical section a
9.3.6.3 Flexural and axial strength — The nominal
distance not less than the larger of 𝑙𝑤 , or
flexural and axial strength shall be determined in
𝑀𝑢 /4𝑉𝑢 .
accordance with Section 9.3.4.1.1 .
9.3.6.5.4 Shear walls not designed by Section
9.3.6.4 Shear strength — The nominal shear
9.3.6.5.3 shall have special boundary elements at
strength shall be calculated in accordance with
boundaries and edges around openings in shear
Section 9.3.4.1.2 .
walls where the maximum extreme fiber
9.3.6.5 The maximum reinforcement requirements compressive stress, corresponding to factored
of Section 9.3.3.5 shall not apply if a shear wall is forces including earthquake effect, exceeds 0.2𝑓𝑚′ .
designed to satisfy the requirements of 9.3.6.5.1 The special boundary element shall be permitted to
through 9.3.6.5.5 . be discontinued where the calculated compressive
stress is less than 0.15𝑓𝑚′ . Stresses shall be
calculated for the factored forces using a linearly
SBC 305-CR-18 53
elastic model and gross section properties. For walls constructed shall have a minimum surface
with flanges, an effective flange width as defined in roughness of 3 mm. Shear keys are required where
Section 5.1.1.2.3 shall be used. the calculated tensile strain in vertical
reinforcement from in-plane loads exceeds the yield
9.3.6.5.5 Where special boundary elements are
strain under load combinations that include seismic
required by Section 9.3.6.5.3 or 9.3.6.5.4 ,
forces based on an 𝑅 factor equal to 1.5. Shear keys
requirements (a) through (d) in this section shall be
that satisfy the following requirements shall be
satisfied and tests shall be performed to verify the
placed at the interface between the wall and the
strain capacity of the element:
foundation.
(a) The special boundary element shall extend
(1) The width of the keys shall be at least equal
horizontally from the extreme compression
to the width of the grout space.
fiber a distance not less than the larger of
(c − 0.1lw ) and c/2. (2) The depth of the keys shall be at least 40
(b) In flanged sections, the special boundary mm.
element shall include the effective flange
(3) The length of the key shall be at least 150
width in compression and shall extend at
mm.
least 300 mm into the web.
(c) Special boundary element transverse (4) The spacing between keys shall be at least
reinforcement at the wall base shall extend equal to the length of the key.
into the support a minimum of the (5) The cumulative length of all keys at each
development length of the largest end of the shear wall shall be at least 10
longitudinal reinforcement in the boundary percent of the length of the shear wall (20
element unless the special boundary percent total).
element terminates on a footing or mat,
where special boundary element transverse (6) At least 150 mm of a shear key shall be
reinforcement shall extend at least 300 mm placed within 400 mm of each end of the
into the footing or mat. wall.
(d) Horizontal shear reinforcement in the wall (7) Each key and the grout space above each
web shall be anchored to develop the key in the first course of masonry shall be
specified yield strength, fy , within the grouted solid.
confined core of the boundary element.
9.3.6.6 Shear keys — The surface of concrete upon
which a special reinforced masonry shear wall is
SBC 305-CR-18 54
TABLES OF CHAPTER 9
Table 9.1: Modulus of rupture, 𝒇𝒓 , kPa
Direction of flexural tensile stress and Mortar types

masonry type
Portland cement/lime or mortar Masonry cement or air
cement entrained Portland cement/lime
M or S N M or S N
Normal to bed joints
Solid units 919 690 552 349
Hollow units1
Ungrouted 579 441 349 211
Fully grouted 1124 1089 1055 1000
Parallel to bed joints in running bond
Solid units 1839 1379 1103 689
Hollow units
Ungrouted and partially grouted 1149 873 689 441
Fully grouted 1839 1379 1103 689
Parallel to bed joints in masonry not laid in
running bond
Continuous grout section parallel to bed 2310 2310 2310 2310
Other 0 0 0 0
1. For partially grouted masonry, modulus of rupture values shall be determined on the basis of linear interpolation
between fully grouted hollow units and ungrouted hollow units based on amount (percentage) of grouting.
SBC 305-CR-18 55
CHAPTER 10—PRESTRESSED MASONRY
CHAPTER 10—PRESTRESSED MASONRY
Prestressed Masonry
requirements were omitted
from this version of the code as
they may not be of practical
use in Saudi Arabia.
SBC 305-CR-18 56
CHAPTER 11—STRENGTH DESIGN OF AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC) MASONRY
CHAPTER 11—STRENGTH DESIGN OF AUTOCLAVED

AERATED CONCRETE (AAC) MASONRY
11.1.5.1 Anchor bolts — For cases where the

11.1—General nominal strength of an anchor bolt is controlled by
11.1.1 Scope AAC masonry breakout, 𝜙 shall be taken as 0.50.
For cases where the nominal strength of an anchor
This Chapter provides minimum requirements for
bolt is controlled by anchor bolt steel, 𝜙 shall be
design of AAC masonry.
taken as 0.90. For cases where the nominal strength
11.1.1.1 Except as stated elsewhere in this Chapter, of an anchor bolt is controlled by anchor pullout, 𝜙
design of AAC masonry shall comply with the shall be taken as 0.65.
requirements of Part 1 and Part 2, excluding
11.1.5.2 Bearing — For cases involving bearing on
Sections 5.5.1, 5.5.2(d) and 5.3.2.
AAC masonry, 𝜙 shall be taken as 0.60.
11.1.1.2 Design of AAC masonry shall comply
11.1.5.3 Combinations of flexure and axial load in
with Sections 11.1.2 through 11.1.9, and either
unreinforced AAC masonry — the value of 𝜙 shall
Section 11.2 or 11.3.
be taken as 0.60 for unreinforced AAC masonry
11.1.2 Required strength designed to resist flexure, axial load, or
combinations thereof.
Required strength shall be determined in
accordance with the strength design load 11.1.5.4 Combinations of flexure and axial load in
combinations of SBC 301. Members subject to reinforced AAC masonry — The value of 𝜙 shall
compressive axial load shall be designed for the be taken as 0.90 for reinforced AAC masonry
maximum design moment accompanying the axial designed to resist flexure, axial load, or
load. The factored moment, 𝑀𝑢 , shall include the combinations thereof.
moment induced by relative lateral displacement.
11.1.5.5 Shear — The value of 𝜙 shall be taken as
11.1.3 Design strength 0.80 for AAC masonry designed to resist shear.
AAC masonry members shall be proportioned so 11.1.6 Deformation requirements
that the design strength equals or exceeds the
11.1.6.1 Deflection of unreinforced (plain) AAC
required strength. Design strength is the nominal
masonry — Deflection calculations for
strength multiplied by the strength-reduction factor,
unreinforced (plain) AAC masonry members shall
𝜙, as specified in Section 11.1.5.
be based on uncracked section properties.
11.1.4 Strength of joints 11.1.6.2 Deflection of reinforced AAC masonry —
AAC masonry members shall be made of AAC Deflection calculations for reinforced AAC
masonry units. The tensile bond strength of AAC masonry members shall be based on cracked section
masonry joints shall not be taken greater than the properties including the reinforcement and grout.
limits of Section 11.1.8.3 . When AAC masonry The flexural and shear stiffness properties assumed
units with a maximum height of 200 mm (nominal) for deflection calculations shall not exceed one-half
are used, head joints shall be permitted to be left of the gross section properties unless a cracked-
unfilled between AAC masonry units laid in section analysis is performed.
running bond, provided that shear capacity is
11.1.7 Anchor bolts
calculated using the formulas of this Code
corresponding to that condition. Open head joints Headed and bent-bar anchor bolts shall be
shall not be permitted in AAC masonry not laid in embedded in grout, and shall be designed in
running bond. accordance with Section 9.1.6 using 𝑓𝑔′ instead of
𝑓𝑚′ , and neglecting the contribution of AAC to the
11.1.5 Strength-reduction factors
edge distance and embedment depth. Anchors
embedded in AAC without grout shall be designed
SBC 305-CR-18 57
using nominal capacities provided by the anchor 11.1.9.1 The nominal bearing strength of AAC
′
manufacturer and verified by an independent testing masonry shall be calculated as 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 multiplied by
agency. the bearing area, 𝐴𝑏𝑟 , as defined in Section 4.3.4.
11.1.8 Material properties 11.1.9.2 Bearing for simply supported precast floor
and roof members on AAC masonry shear walls —
11.1.8.1 Compressive strength
The following minimum requirements shall apply
11.1.8.1.1 Masonry compressive strength — The so that after the consideration of tolerances, the
specified compressive strength of AAC masonry, distance from the edge of the supporting wall to the
′
𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall equal or exceed 2.0 MPa end of the precast member in the direction of the
span is at least:
11.1.8.1.2 Grout compressive strength — The
specified compressive strength of grout, 𝑓’𝑔 , shall (a) For AAC floor panels, 50 mm
equal or exceed 14.0 MPa and shall not exceed 34 (b) For solid or hollow-core slabs, 50 mm
MPa. (c) For beams or stemmed members, 75 mm
11.1.8.2 Masonry splitting tensile strength — The 11.1.10 Corbels — Load-bearing corbels of
splitting tensile strength fc shall be determined by AAC masonry shall not be permitted. Non-load-
Equation 11-1. bearing corbels of AAC masonry shall conform to
the requirements of Section 5.5.2(a) through
′ 5.5.2(c) . The back section of the corbelled section
𝑓𝑡 𝐴𝐴𝐶 = 0.199√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation 11-1
shall remain within 6.5 mm of plane.
11.2—Unreinforced (plain) AAC
11.1.8.3 Masonry modulus of rupture — The
modulus of rupture, 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 , for AAC masonry
masonry
elements shall be taken as twice the masonry 11.2.1 Scope
splitting tensile strength, 𝑓𝑡𝐴𝐴𝐶 . If a section of AAC
The requirements of Section 11.2 are in addition to
masonry contains a Type M or Type S horizontal
the requirements of Part 1, Part 2, and Section 11.1,
leveling bed of mortar, the value of 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall not
and govern masonry design in which AAC masonry
exceed 345 kPa at that section. If a section of AAC
is used to resist tensile forces.
masonry contains a horizontal bed joint of thin-bed
mortar and AAC, the value of 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall not 11.2.1.1 Strength for resisting loads —
exceed 550 kPa at that section. Unreinforced (plain) AAC masonry members shall
be designed using the strength of masonry units,
11.1.8.4 Masonry direct shear strength — The
mortar, and grout in resisting design loads.
direct shear strength, 𝑓𝑣 across an interface of AAC
material shall be determined by Equation 11-2, and 11.2.1.2 Strength contribution from reinforcement
shall be taken as 345 kPa across an interface — Stresses in reinforcement shall not be considered
between grout and AAC material. effective in resisting design loads.
′ 11.2.1.3 Design criteria — Unreinforced (plain)
𝑓𝑣 = 0.15𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation 11-2
AAC masonry members shall be designed to remain
uncracked.
11.1.8.5 Coefficient of friction — The coefficient
of friction between AAC and AAC shall be 0.75. 11.2.2 Flexural strength of unreinforced (plain)
The coefficient of friction between AAC and thin- AAC masonry members
bed mortar or between AAC and leveling-bed
The following assumptions shall apply when
mortar shall be 1.0.
determining the flexural strength of unreinforced
11.1.8.6 Reinforcement strength — Masonry (plain) AAC masonry members:
design shall be based on a reinforcement strength
(a) Strength design of members for factored
equal to the specified yield strength of
flexure and axial load shall be in
reinforcement, 𝑓𝑦 , which shall not exceed 414 MPa.
accordance with principles of engineering
The actual yield strength shall not exceed 1.3 mechanics.
multiplied by the specified yield strength. (b) Strain in masonry shall be directly
11.1.9 Nominal bearing strength proportional to the distance from the
neutral axis.
SBC 305-CR-18 58
(c) Flexural tension in masonry shall be 11.3—Reinforced AAC masonry

assumed to be directly proportional to
strain. 11.3.1 Scope
(d) Flexural compressive stress in combination The requirements of this section are in addition to
with axial compressive stress in masonry the requirements of Part 1, Part 2, and Section 11.1
shall be assumed to be directly proportional and govern AAC masonry design in which
to strain. Nominal compressive strength reinforcement is used to resist tensile forces.
shall not exceed a stress corresponding to
′
0.85fAAC 11.3.2 Design assumptions
(e) The nominal flexural tensile strength of The following assumptions apply to the design of
AAC masonry shall be determined from reinforced AAC masonry:
Section 11.1.8.3 .
(a) There is strain compatibility between the
11.2.3 Nominal axial strength of unreinforced reinforcement, grout, and AAC masonry.
(plain) AAC masonry members (b) The nominal strength of reinforced AAC
masonry cross sections for combined
Nominal axial strength, 𝑃𝑛 , shall be calculated using
flexure and axial load shall be based on
Equation 11-3 or Equation 11-4.
applicable conditions of equilibrium.
(a) For members having an h/r ratio not (c) The maximum usable strain, εmu , at the
greater than 99: extreme AAC masonry compression fiber
′
0.85𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall be assumed to be 0.0012 for Class 2
𝑃𝑛 = 0.8 { × AAC masonry and 0.003 for Class 4 AAC
1 masonry and higher.
Equation 11-3
ℎ 2 (d) Strain in reinforcement and AAC masonry
[1 − ( ) ]} shall be assumed to be directly proportional
140𝑟 to the distance from the neutral axis.
(b) For members having an h/r ratio greater (e) Tension and compression stresses in
than 99: reinforcement shall be calculated as the
′ product of steel modulus of elasticity, Es ,
0.85𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 and steel strain, εs , but shall not be greater
𝑃𝑛 = 0.8 { ×
1 than fy . Except as permitted in Section
Equation 11-4
70𝑟 2 11.3.3.5 for determination of maximum
[( ) ]} area of flexural reinforcement, the
ℎ compressive stress of steel reinforcement
shall be neglected unless lateral restraining
11.2.4 Axial tension reinforcement is provided in compliance
The tensile strength of unreinforced AAC masonry with the requirements of Section 5.3.1.4 .
shall be neglected in design when the masonry is (f) The tensile strength of AAC masonry shall
subjected to axial tension forces. be neglected in calculating axial and
flexural strength.
11.2.5 Nominal shear strength of unreinforced (g) The relationship between AAC masonry
(plain) AAC masonry members compressive stress and masonry strain shall
The nominal shear strength of AAC masonry, be assumed to be defined by the following:
′
𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 , shall be the least of the values calculated by AAC masonry stress of 0.85fAAC shall be
Sections 11.3.4.1.2.1 through 11.3.4.1.2.3 . In assumed uniformly distributed over an
evaluating nominal shear strength by Section equivalent compression stress block
11.3.4.1.2.3 , effects of reinforcement shall be bounded by edges of the cross section and
neglected. The provisions of 11.3.4.1.2 shall apply a straight line parallel to the neutral axis
to AAC shear walls not laid in running bond. The and located at a distance a = 0.67c from
provisions of Section 11.3.4.1.2.4 shall apply to the fiber of maximum compressive strain.
AAC walls loaded out-of-plane. The distance c from the fiber of maximum
strain to the neutral axis shall be measured
11.2.6 Flexural cracking perpendicular to the neutral axis.
The flexural cracking strength shall be calculated in 11.3.3 Reinforcement requirements and details
accordance with Section 11.3.6.5 .
SBC 305-CR-18 59
11.3.3.1 Reinforcing bar size limitations — member, d/2, and the start of the hook
Reinforcing bars used in AAC masonry shall not be (point of tangency).
larger than Dia 28. The nominal bar diameter shall (b) For Dia 16 bars and smaller, bending
not exceed one-eighth of the nominal member around longitudinal reinforcement through
thickness and shall not exceed one-quarter of the at least 135 degrees plus an embedment of
least clear dimension of the grout space in which it ld /3. The ld /3 embedment of a stirrup leg
is placed. In plastic hinge zones, the area of shall be taken as the distance between mid-
reinforcing bars placed in a grout space shall not depth of the member, d/2, and the start of
exceed 3 percent of the grout space area. In other the hook (point of tangency).
than plastic hinge zones, the area of reinforcing bars (c) Between the anchored ends, each bend in
placed in a grout space shall not exceed 4.5 percent the continuous portion of a transverse U-
of the grout space area. stirrup shall enclose a longitudinal bar.
11.3.3.2 Standard hooks — The equivalent 11.3.3.3.2.2 At wall intersections, horizontal
embedment length to develop standard hooks in reinforcing bars needed to satisfy shear strength
tension, 𝑙𝑒 , shall be determined by Equation 11-5: requirements of Section 11.3.4.1.2 shall be bent
around the edge vertical reinforcing bar with a 90-
𝑙𝑒 = 13𝑑𝑏 Equation 11-5 degree standard hook and shall extend horizontally
into the intersecting wall a minimum distance at
11.3.3.3 Development least equal to the development length.
11.3.3.3.1 Development of tension and 11.3.3.4 Splices — Reinforcement splices shall
compression reinforcement — the required tension comply with one of the following:
or compression reinforcement shall be developed in
accordance with the following provisions: (a) The minimum length of lap for bars shall be
300 mm or the development length
The required development length of reinforcement determined by Equation 11-6, whichever is
shall be determined by Equation 11-6, but shall not greater.
be less than 300 mm. (b) A welded splice shall have the bars butted
and welded to develop at least 125 percent
1.57𝑑𝑏2 𝑓𝑦 𝛾 of the yield strength, fy , of the bar in tension
𝑙𝑑 =
Equation 11-6 or compression, as required. Welding shall
𝐾𝐴𝐴𝐶 √𝑓𝑔′ conform to AWS D1.4. Reinforcement to
be welded shall conform to ASTM A706,
𝐾𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall not exceed the smallest of the following: or shall be accompanied by a submittal
the minimum grout cover, the clear spacing showing its chemical analysis and carbon
between adjacent reinforcement splices, and 9𝑑𝑏 . equivalent as required by AWS D1.4.
Existing reinforcement to be welded shall
(a) γ= 1.0 for Dia 10 through Dia 16 bars; conform to ASTM A706, or shall be
(b) 𝛾 = 1.3 for Dia 18 through Dia 22 bars analyzed chemically and its carbon
(c) 𝛾 = 1.5 for Dia 25 through Dia 28 bars. equivalent determined as required by AWS
11.3.3.3.2 Development of shear reinforcement — D1.4.
Shear reinforcement shall extend the depth of the (c) Mechanical splices shall have the bars
member less cover distances. connected to develop at least 125 percent of
the yield strength, fy , of the bar in tension
11.3.3.3.2.1 Except at wall intersections, the end of
or compression, as required.
a horizontal reinforcing bar needed to satisfy shear
strength requirements of Section 11.3.4.1.2 , shall be 11.3.3.5 Maximum reinforcement percentages —
bent around the edge vertical reinforcing bar with a The ratio of reinforcement, 𝜌, shall be calculated in
180-degree hook. The ends of single-leg or U- accordance with Section 9.3.3.5 with the following
stirrups shall be anchored by one of the following exceptions:
means:
The maximum usable strain, 𝜀𝑚𝑢 , at the extreme
(a) A standard hook plus an effective masonry compression fiber shall be in accordance
embedment of ld /2. The effective with Section 11.3.2(c).
embedment of a stirrup leg shall be taken as
the distance between the mid-depth of the
SBC 305-CR-18 60
The strength of the compression zone shall be where 𝑉𝑛 shall not exceed the following:
′
calculated as 85 percent of 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 multiplied by 67
percent of the area of the compression zone. 𝑉𝑛 = 𝜇𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑃𝑢 Equation 11-10
11.3.3.6 Bundling of reinforcing bars —
At an interface of AAC and thin-bed mortar or
Reinforcing bars shall not be bundled. leveling-bed mortar, the nominal sliding shear
11.3.4 Design of beams, piers, and columns strength shall be calculated using Equation 11-10
and using the coefficient of friction from Section
Member design forces shall be based on an analysis 11.1.8.5 .
that considers the relative stiffness of structural
members. The calculation of lateral stiffness shall (a) Where Mu /(Vu dv ) ≤ 0.25:
include the contribution of beams, piers, and
′
columns. The effects of cracking on member 𝑉𝑛 ≤ 0.498𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation 11-11
stiffness shall be considered.
11.3.4.1 Nominal strength (b) Where Mu /(Vu dv ) ≥ 1.0:
11.3.4.1.1 Nominal axial and flexural strength — ′
𝑉𝑛 ≤ 0.332𝐴𝑛𝑣 √𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation 11-12
The nominal axial strength, 𝑃𝑛 , and the nominal
flexural strength, 𝑀𝑛 , of a cross section shall be (c) The maximum value of 𝑉𝑛 for 𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 )
determined in accordance with the design between 0.25 and 1.0 shall be permitted to
assumptions of Section 11.3.2 and the provisions of be linearly interpolated.
Section 11.3.4.1 . For any value of nominal flexural
strength, the corresponding calculated nominal The nominal masonry shear strength shall be taken
axial strength shall be modified for the effects of as the least of the values calculated using Section
slenderness in accordance with Equation 11-7 or 11.3.4.1.2.1 and 11.3.4.1.2.2 .
Equation 11-8. The nominal flexural strength at any 11.3.4.1.2.1 Nominal masonry shear strength as
section along a member shall not be less than one- governed by web-shear cracking — Nominal
fourth of the maximum nominal flexural strength at masonry shear strength as governed by web-shear
the critical section. cracking, 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 , shall be calculated using Equation
The nominal axial compressive strength shall not 11-13a for AAC masonry with mortared head joints,
exceed Equation 11-7 or Equation 11-8, as and Equation 11-13b for masonry with unmortared
appropriate. head joints:
(a) For members having an h/r ratio not 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation

greater than 99: 𝑃𝑢 11-13a
′
′ (𝐴 = 0.0789𝑙𝑤 𝑡√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 √1 +
𝑃𝑛 = 0.80[0.85𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑛
′
0.199√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑙𝑤 𝑡
− 𝐴𝑠𝑡 )
Equation 11-7 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶
ℎ 2 Equation
+𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ] [1 − ( ) ] 𝑃𝑢 11-14b
140𝑟 ′
= 0.0548𝑙𝑤 𝑡√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 √1 + ′
0.199√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑙𝑤 𝑡
(b) For members having an h/r ratio greater
than 99:
For AAC masonry not laid in running bond,
′ (𝐴
𝑃𝑛 = 0.80[0.85𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑛 nominal masonry shear strength as governed by
− 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ) web-shear cracking, 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 , shall be calculated
Equation 11-8 using Equation 11-13c:
70𝑟 2
+𝑓𝑦 𝐴𝑠𝑡 ] ( )
ℎ ′
𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 = 0.0747√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝐴𝑛𝑣 Equation 11 13c
+ 0.05𝑃𝑢
11.3.4.1.2 Nominal shear strength Nominal shear
strength, 𝑉𝑛 , shall be calculated using Equation 11-9 11.3.4.1.2.2 Nominal shear strength as governed by
through Equation 11-12, as appropriate. crushing of diagonal compressive strut — For walls
with 𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) < 1.5, nominal shear strength,
𝑉𝑛 = 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 + 𝑉𝑛𝑠 Equation 11-9
𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 , as governed by crushing of a diagonal strut,
shall be calculated as follows:
SBC 305-CR-18 61
(a) Transverse reinforcement shall be a single

𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶
2 bar with a 180-degree hook at each end.
′
ℎ. 𝑙𝑤
= 0.17𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑡 2
Equation 11-15 (b) Transverse reinforcement shall be hooked
3 around the longitudinal reinforcement.
ℎ2 + ( 𝑙𝑤 )
4 (c) The minimum area of transverse
reinforcement shall be 0.0007bdv .
For walls with 𝑀𝑢 /(𝑉𝑢 𝑑𝑣 ) equal to or exceeding (d) The first transverse bar shall not be located
1.5, capacity as governed by crushing of the more than one-fourth of the beam depth,
diagonal compressive strut need not be calculated. dv , from the end of the beam.
11.3.4.1.2.3 Nominal shear strength provided by (e) The maximum spacing shall not exceed the
shear reinforcement — Nominal shear strength lesser of one-half the depth of the beam or
provided by reinforcement, 𝑉𝑛𝑠 , shall be calculated 1200 mm.
as follows: 11.3.4.2.4 Construction — Beams shall be fully
grouted.
𝐴𝑣
𝑉𝑛𝑠 = 0.50 ( )𝑓 𝑑 Equation 11-16 11.3.4.2.5 Dimensional limits — The nominal
𝑠 𝑦 𝑣
depth of a beam shall not be less than 200 mm.
Nominal shear strength provided by reinforcement,
11.3.4.3 Piers
𝑉𝑛𝑠 , shall include only deformed reinforcement
embedded in grout for AAC shear walls. 11.3.4.3.1 The factored axial compression force on
′
the piers shall not exceed 0.3𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 .
11.3.4.1.2.4 Nominal shear strength for beams and
for out-of-plane loading of other members shall be 11.3.4.3.2 Longitudinal reinforcement — A pier
calculated as follows: subjected to in-plane stress reversals shall be
reinforced symmetrically about the geometric
𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 center of the pier. The longitudinal reinforcement of
′ Equation 11-17 piers shall comply with the following:
= 0.066√𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑏𝑑
(a) At least one bar shall be provided in each
end cell.
11.3.4.2 Beams — Design of beams shall meet the (b) The minimum area of longitudinal
requirements of Section 5.2 and the additional reinforcement shall be 0.0007bd.
requirements of Sections 11.3.4.2.1 through
11.3.4.2.5 . 11.3.4.3.3 Dimensional limits — Dimensions shall
be in accordance with the following:
11.3.4.2.1 The factored axial compressive force on
′
a beam shall not exceed 0.05𝐴𝑛 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 . (a) The nominal thickness of a pier shall not be
less than 150 mm and shall not exceed 400
11.3.4.2.2 Longitudinal reinforcement mm.
11.3.4.2.2.1 The variation in longitudinal (b) The distance between lateral supports of a
reinforcing bars shall not be greater than one bar pier shall not exceed 25 multiplied by the
size. Not more than two bar sizes shall be used in a nominal thickness of a pier except as
beam. provided for in Section 11.3.4.3.3(c).
(c) When the distance between lateral supports
11.3.4.2.2.2 The nominal flexural strength of a of a pier exceeds 25 multiplied by the
beam shall not be less than 1.3 multiplied by the nominal thickness of the pier, design shall
nominal cracking moment of the beam, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 . The be based on the provisions of Section
modulus of rupture, 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 , for this calculation shall 11.3.5.
be determined in accordance with Section 11.1.8.3 . (d) The nominal length of a pier shall not be
11.3.4.2.3 Transverse reinforcement — Transverse less than three multiplied by its nominal
reinforcement shall be provided where 𝑉𝑢 exceeds thickness nor greater than six multiplied by
𝜙𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 . The factored shear, 𝑉𝑢 , shall include the its nominal thickness. The clear height of a
effects of lateral load. When transverse pier shall not exceed five multiplied by its
reinforcement is required, the following provisions nominal length.
shall apply: (e) Exception: When the factored axial force at
the location of maximum moment is less
′
than 0.05fAAC Ag , the length of a pier shall
SBC 305-CR-18 62
be permitted to be taken equal to the

𝑤𝑢 ℎ2
thickness of the pier. 𝑀𝑢 = + 𝑃𝑢 𝛿𝑢
8 Equation 11-19
11.3.5 Wall design for out-of-plane loads 𝑒𝑢
+𝑃𝑢𝑓
11.3.5.1 Scope — The requirements of Section 2
11.3.5 shall apply to the design of walls for out-of-
plane loads. Where:
11.3.5.2 Maximum reinforcement — The 𝑃𝑢 = 𝑃𝑢𝑤 + 𝑃𝑢𝑓 Equation 11-20
maximum reinforcement ratio shall be determined
by Section 11.3.3.5 . The deflection due to factored loads (𝛿𝑢 ) shall be
11.3.5.3 Nominal axial and flexural strength the obtained using Equation 11-21 and Equation 11-22.
nominal axial strength, 𝑃𝑛 , and the nominal flexural (a) Where Mu < Mcr
strength, 𝑀𝑢 , of a cross-section shall be determined
in accordance with the design assumptions of 5𝑀𝑢 ℎ2
𝛿𝑢 = Equation 11-21
Section 11.3.2 . The nominal axial compressive 48𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝐼𝑛
strength shall not exceed that determined by
(b) Where Mcr ≤ Mu ≤ Mn
Equation 11-7 or Equation 11-8, as appropriate.
11.3.5.4 Nominal shear strength — The nominal 5𝑀𝑐𝑟 ℎ2
𝛿𝑢 =
shear strength shall be determined by Section 48𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝐼𝑛
Equation 11-22
11.3.4.1.2 . 5(𝑀𝑢 − 𝑀𝑐𝑟 )ℎ2
+
11.3.5.5 P-Delta effects 48𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝐼𝑐𝑟
11.3.5.5.1 Members shall be designed for the
11.3.5.5.3 The factored moment, 𝑀𝑢 , shall be
determined either by a second-order analysis, or by
for the effects of member curvature, 𝑀𝑢 . The
a first-order analysis and Equation 11-23 through
magnified moment shall be determined either by
Equation 11-25.
Section 11.3.5.5.2 or Section 11.3.5.5.3 .
11.3.5.5.2 Moment and deflection calculations in 𝑀𝑢 = 𝜓𝑀𝑢, 0 Equation 11-23
this Section are based on simple support conditions
top and bottom. For other support and fixity Where 𝑀𝑢, 0 is the factored moment from first-order
conditions, moments, and deflections shall be analysis.
calculated using established principles of
mechanics. 1
𝜓=
𝑃𝑢 Equation 11-24
The procedures set forth in this section shall be used 1−
when the factored axial load stress at the location of 𝑃𝑒
maximum moment satisfies the requirement
Where:
calculated by Equation 11-18.
𝑃𝑢 𝜋 2 𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓
′
≤ 0.2𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑃𝑒 = Equation 11-25
𝐴𝑔
Equation 11-18 ℎ2
For 𝑀𝑢 < 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be taken as 0.75𝐼𝑛 . For

When the ratio of effective height to nominal
𝑀𝑢 > 𝑀𝑐𝑟 , 𝐼𝑒𝑓𝑓 shall be taken as 𝐼𝑐𝑟 . 𝑃𝑢 /𝑃𝑒 cannot
thickness, ℎ/𝑡, exceeds 30, the factored axial stress
shall not exceed 0.05𝑓’𝐴𝐴𝐶 . exceed 1.0.
Factored moment and axial force shall be 11.3.5.5.4 The cracking moment of the wall shall be
determined at the midheight of the wall and shall be calculated using Equation 11-26, where 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 is
used for design. The factored moment, 𝑀𝑢 , at the given by Section 11.1.8.3 :
midheight of the wall shall be calculated using 𝑃
Equation 11-19. 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 𝑆𝑛 (𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 + ) Equation 11-26
𝐴𝑛
SBC 305-CR-18 63
If the section of AAC masonry contains a horizontal 11.3.5.6.2 The deflection, 𝛿𝑠 , shall be determined
leveling bed, the value of 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall not exceed by a second-order analysis that includes the effects
345 kPa. of cracking, or by a first-order analysis with the
calculated deflections magnified by a factor of
11.3.5.5.5 The neutral axis for determining the
1⁄(1 − 𝑃⁄𝑃𝑒 ) , where 𝑃𝑒 is determined from
cracked moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 , shall be determined
Equation 11-25.
in accordance with the design assumptions of
Section 11.3.2 . The effects of axial load shall be 11.3.6 Wall design for in-plane loads
permitted to be included when calculating 𝐼𝑐𝑟 .
11.3.6.1 Scope — the requirements of Section
Unless stiffness values are obtained by a more 11.3.6 shall apply to the design of walls to resist in-
comprehensive analysis, the cracked moment of plane loads.
inertia for a solidly grouted wall or a partially
11.3.6.2 Reinforcement — Reinforcement shall be
grouted wall with the neutral axis in the face shell
in accordance with the following:
shall be obtained from Equation 11-27 and Equation
11-28. (a) Reinforcement shall be provided
perpendicular to the shear reinforcement
𝑃𝑢 𝑡𝑠𝑝 Equation 11-27 and shall be at least equal to one-third Av .
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑛 (𝐴𝑠 + ) (𝑑
𝑓𝑦 2𝑑 The reinforcement shall be uniformly
𝑏(𝑐)3 distributed and shall not exceed a spacing
− 𝑐)2 + of 2.45 m.
3 (b) The maximum reinforcement ratio shall be
𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 + 𝑃𝑢 determined in accordance with Section
𝑐= ′ Equation 11-28 11.3.3.5 .
0.57𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑏
11.3.6.3 Flexural and axial strength — The nominal
11.3.5.5.6 The design strength for out-of-plane wall flexural and axial strength shall be determined in
loading shall be in accordance with Equation 11-29. accordance with Section 11.3.4.1.1 .
11.3.6.4 Shear strength — The nominal shear
𝑀𝑢 ≤ 𝜙𝑀𝑛 Equation 11-29
strength shall be calculated in accordance with
Section 11.3.4.1.2 .
The nominal moment shall be calculated using
Equation 11-30 and Equation 11-31 if the reinforcing 11.3.6.5 Flexural cracking strength — The flexural
steel is placed in the center of the wall. cracking strength shall be calculated in accordance
with Equation 11-33, where 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 is given by
𝑎 Section 11.1.8.3 :
𝑀𝑛 = (𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 + 𝑃𝑢 ) (𝑑 − ) Equation 11-30
2
𝑆𝑛 𝑃
(𝑃𝑢 + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 ) 𝑉𝑐𝑟 = (𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 + ) Equation 11-33
𝑎= Equation 11-31 ℎ 𝐴𝑛
′
0.85𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑏
If the section of AAC masonry contains a horizontal
11.3.5.6 Deflections — The horizontal midheight leveling bed, the value of 𝑓𝑟𝐴𝐴𝐶 shall not exceed
deflection, 𝛿𝑠 , under allowable stress design load 345 kPa.
combinations shall be limited by the relation:
11.3.6.6 The maximum reinforcement
requirements of Section 11.3.3.5 shall not apply if a
𝛿𝑠 ≤ 0.007ℎ Equation 11-32 shear wall is designed to satisfy the requirements of
Sections 11.3.6.6.1 through 11.3.6.6.4 .
P-delta effects shall be included in deflection
calculation using either Section 11.3.5.6.1 or 11.3.6.6.1 The need for special boundary elements
Section 11.3.5.6.2 . at the edges of shear walls shall be evaluated in
accordance with Section 11.3.6.6.2 or 11.3.6.6.3.
11.3.5.6.1 For simple support condition top and The requirements of Section 11.3.6.6.4 shall also be
bottom, the midheight deflection, 𝛿𝑠 , shall be satisfied.
calculated using either Equation 11-21 or Equation
11-22, as applicable, and replacing 𝑀𝑢 with 𝑀𝑠𝑒𝑟 , 11.3.6.6.2 This Section applies to walls bending in
and 𝛿𝑢 with 𝛿𝑠 . single curvature in which the flexural limit state
response is governed by yielding at the base of the
SBC 305-CR-18 64
wall. Walls not satisfying those requirements shall unless the special boundary element
be designed in accordance with Section 11.3.6.6.3 . terminates on a footing or mat, where
special boundary element transverse
(a) Special boundary elements shall be
reinforcement shall extend at least 300 mm
provided over portions of compression
into the footing or mat.
zones where:
(d) Horizontal shear reinforcement in the wall
𝑙𝑤 web shall be anchored to develop the
𝑐≥ Equation 11-34
600(𝐶𝑑 𝛿𝑛𝑒 /ℎ𝑤 ) specified yield strength, fy , within the
confined core of the boundary element.
and 𝑐 is calculated for the 𝑃𝑢 given by SBC 301
Load Combination 5 (1.2𝐷 + 1.0𝐸 + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆),
and the corresponding nominal moment strength,
𝑀𝑛 , at the base critical section. The load factor on
𝐿 in Load Combination 5 is reducible to 0.5, as per
exceptions to Section 2.3.2 of SBC 301.
(b) Where special boundary elements are
required by Section 11.3.6.6.2 (a), the
special boundary element reinforcement
shall extend vertically from the critical
section a distance not less than the larger of
lw , or Mu /4Vu .
11.3.6.6.3 Shear walls not designed to the
provisions of Section 11.3.6.6.2 shall have special
9.3.6.5.4 . boundary elements at boundaries and
edges around openings in shear walls where the
maximum extreme fiber compressive stress,
corresponding to factored forces including
′
earthquake effect, exceeds 0.2𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 . The special
boundary element shall be permitted to be
discontinued where the calculated compressive
′
stress is less than 0.15𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 . Stresses shall be
calculated for the factored forces using a linearly
elastic model and gross section properties. For walls
with flanges, an effective flange width as defined in
Section 5.1.1.2.3 shall be used.
11.3.6.6.4 Where special boundary elements are
required by Section 11.3.6.6.2 or 11.3.6.6.3 ,
9.3.6.5.5(a) through (d) shall be satisfied and tests
shall be performed to verify the strain capacity of
the element:
(a) The special boundary element shall extend
horizontally from the extreme compression
fiber a distance not less than the larger of
(c − 0.1lw ) and c/2.
(b) In flanged sections, the special boundary
element shall include the effective flange
width in compression and shall extend at
least 300 mm into the web.
(c) Special boundary element transverse
reinforcement at the wall base shall extend
into the support at least the development
length of the largest longitudinal
reinforcement in the boundary element
SBC 305-CR-18 65
PART 4—PRESCRIPTIVE DESIGN METHOD
PART 4—PRESCRIPTIVE DESIGN METHOD
SBC 305-CR-18 66
CHAPTER 12—VENEER
CHAPTER 12—VENEER
12.1.6 General design requirements

12.1—General
12.1.6.1 Design and detail the backing system of
12.1.1 Scope exterior veneer to resist water penetration. Exterior
This chapter provides requirements for design and sheathing shall be covered with a water-resistant
detailing of anchored masonry veneer and adhered membrane, unless the sheathing is water resistant
masonry veneer. and the joints are sealed.
12.1.1.1 The provisions of Part 1, excluding 12.1.6.2 Design and detail flashing and weep holes
Sections 1.2.1(c) and 1.2.2; Chapter 4, excluding in exterior veneer wall systems to resist water
Sections 4.1 and 4.3, and Chapter 6 shall apply to penetration into the building interior. Weep holes
design of anchored and adhered veneer except as shall be at least 5 mm in diameter and spaced less
specifically stated in this Chapter. than 800 mm on center.
12.1.1.2 Section 4.5 shall not apply to adhered 12.1.6.3 Design and detail the veneer to
veneer. accommodate differential movement.
12.1.1.3 Articles 1.4 A and B and 3.4 C of TMS 12.2—Anchored veneer
602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 shall not apply to any
veneer. Articles 3.4 B and F shall not apply to 12.2.1 Alternative design of anchored masonry
anchored veneer. Articles 3.3 B and 3.4 A, B, E and veneer
F shall not apply to adhered veneer. The alternative design of anchored veneer, which is
permitted under Section 1.3, shall satisfy the
12.1.2 Design of anchored veneer
following conditions:
Anchored veneer shall meet the requirements of
(a) Loads shall be distributed through the
Section 12.1.6 and shall be designed rationally by
veneer to the anchors and the backing using
Section 12.2.1 or detailed by the prescriptive
principles of mechanics.
requirements of Section 12.2.2.
(b) Out-of-plane deflection of the backing shall
12.1.3 Design of adhered veneer be limited to maintain veneer stability.
(c) The veneer is not subject to the flexural
Adhered veneer shall meet the requirements of
tensile stress provisions of Section 8.2 or
Section 12.1.6 , and shall be designed rationally by
the nominal flexural tensile strength
Section 12.3.1 or detailed by the prescriptive
provisions of Section 9.1.9.2 .
requirements of Section 12.3.2.
(d) The provisions of Section 12.1, Section
12.1.4 Dimension stone 12.2.2.9 , and Section 12.2.2.10 shall apply.
The provisions of Sections 12.1.1, 12.1.3 and 12.3 12.2.2 Prescriptive requirements for anchored
shall apply to design of adhered dimension stone masonry veneer
veneer. Anchored dimension stone veneer is not
12.2.2.1 Except as provided in Section 12.2.2.11 ,
addressed by this Code. Such a veneer system shall
prescriptive requirements for anchored masonry
be considered a Special System, and consideration
veneer shall not be used in areas where the velocity
for approval of its use shall be submitted to the
pressure, 𝑞𝑧 , exceeds 1.92 kPa as given in SBC 301.
Building Official.
12.2.2.2 Connect anchored veneer to the backing
12.1.5 Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry with anchors that comply with Section 12.2.2.5 and
veneer Autoclaved aerated concrete masonry as a
Article 2.4 of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
veneer wythe is not addressed by this Chapter. Such
a veneer system shall be considered a Special 12.2.2.3 Vertical support of anchored masonry
System, and consideration for approval of its use veneer
shall be submitted to the Building Official.
SBC 305-CR-18 67
CHAPTER 12—VENEER
12.2.2.3.1 The weight of anchored veneer shall be (a) have corrugations as given in Section
supported vertically on concrete or masonry 12.2.2.5.1.1 , or
foundations or other noncombustible structural (b) be bent, notched, or punched to provide
construction, except as permitted in Section equivalent performance in pull-out or push-
12.2.2.3.1.1 . through.
12.2.2.3.1.1 If anchored veneer with a backing of 12.2.2.5.2.2 Sheet-metal anchors shall be placed as
cold-formed steel framing exceeds 9.15 m, or 11.60 follows:
m at a gable, in height above the location where the
(a) With solid units, embed anchors in the
veneer is supported, the weight of the veneer shall
mortar joint and extend into the veneer a
be supported by noncombustible construction at
minimum of 38.0 mm, with at least 16.0
each story above 9.15 m in height
mm mortar cover to the outside face.
12.2.2.3.1.2 When anchored veneer is used as an (b) With hollow units, embed anchors in
interior finish on wood framing, it shall have a mortar or grout and extend into the veneer
weight of 195 kg/m2 or less and be installed in a minimum of 38.0 mm, with at least 16.0
conformance with the provisions of this Chapter. mm mortar or grout cover to the outside
face.
12.2.2.3.2 When anchored veneer is supported by
floor construction, the floor shall be designed to 12.2.2.5.3 Wire anchors
limit deflection as required in Section 5.2.1.4.1 .
12.2.2.5.3.1 Wire anchors shall be at least wire size
12.2.2.3.3 Provide noncombustible lintels or WD 4.0 and have ends bent to form an extension
supports attached to noncombustible framing over from the bend at least 50.0 mm long. Wire anchors
openings where the anchored veneer is not self- shall be without drips.
supporting. Lintels shall have a length of bearing
12.2.2.5.3.2 Wire anchors shall be placed as
not less than 100 mm. The deflection of such lintels
follows:
or supports shall conform to the requirements of
Section 5.2.1.4.1 . (a) With solid units, embed anchors in the
mortar joint and extend into the veneer a
12.2.2.4 Masonry units — Masonry units shall be at
minimum of 38.0 mm, with at least 16.0
least 67 mm in actual thickness.
mm mortar cover to the outside face.
12.2.2.5 Anchor requirements (b) With hollow units, embed anchors in
mortar or grout and extend into the veneer
12.2.2.5.1 Corrugated sheet-metal anchors
a minimum of 38.0 mm, with at least 16.0
12.2.2.5.1.1 Corrugated sheet-metal anchors shall mm mortar or grout cover to the outside
be at least 22 mm wide, have a base metal thickness face.
of at least 0.8 mm, and shall have corrugations with
12.2.2.5.4 Joint reinforcement
a wavelength of 7.6 to 12.70 mm and an amplitude
of 1.5 to 2.5 mm. 12.2.2.5.4.1 Ladder-type or tab-type joint
reinforcement is permitted. Cross wires used to
12.2.2.5.1.2 Corrugated sheet-metal anchors shall
anchor masonry veneer shall be at least wire size
be placed as follows:
WD 4.0 and shall be spaced at a maximum of 400
(a) With solid units, embed anchors in the mm on center. Cross wires shall be welded to
mortar joint and extend into the veneer a longitudinal wires, which shall be at least wire size
minimum of 38.0 mm, with at least 16-mm WD 4.0. Cross wires and taps shall be without drips
mortar cover to the outside face.
12.2.2.5.4.2 Embed longitudinal wires of joint
(b) With hollow units, embed anchors in
reinforcement in the mortar joint with at least 16.0
mortar or grout and extend into the veneer
mm mortar cover on each side.
a minimum of 38.0 mm, with at least 16-
mm mortar or grout cover to the outside 12.2.2.5.5 Adjustable anchors
face.
12.2.2.5.5.1 Sheet-metal and wire components of
12.2.2.5.2 Sheet-metal anchors adjustable anchors shall conform to the
requirements of Section 12.2.2.5.2 or 12.2.2.5.3.
12.2.2.5.2.1 Sheet-metal anchors shall be at least
Adjustable anchors with joint reinforcement shall
22.0 mm wide, shall have a base metal thickness of
also meet the requirements of Section 12.2.2.5.4 .
at least 1.5 mm, and shall:
SBC 305-CR-18 68
CHAPTER 12—VENEER
12.2.2.5.5.2 Maximum clearance between 12.2.2.8 Masonry veneer anchored to masonry or

connecting parts of the tie shall be 1.6 mm. concrete backing
12.2.2.5.5.3 Adjustable anchors shall be detailed to 12.2.2.8.1 Attach veneer to masonry backing with
prevent disengagement. wire anchors, adjustable anchors, or joint
reinforcement. Attach veneer to concrete backing
12.2.2.5.5.4 Pintle anchors shall have one or more
with adjustable anchors.
pintle legs of wire size WD 5.0 and shall have an
offset not exceeding 32.0 mm. 12.2.2.8.2 A 115 mm maximum distance between
the inside face of the veneer and the outside face of
12.2.2.5.5.5 Adjustable anchors of equivalent
the masonry or concrete backing shall be specified.
strength and stiffness to those specified in Sections
A 25.0 mm minimum air space shall be specified.
12.2.2.5.5.1 through 12.2.2.5.5.4 are permitted.
12.2.2.9 Veneer not laid in running bond —
12.2.2.5.6 Anchor spacing
Anchored veneer not laid in running bond shall
12.2.2.5.6.1 For adjustable two-piece anchors, have joint reinforcement of at least one wire, of size
anchors of wire size WD 4.0, and 0.8 mm WD 4.0, spaced at a maximum of 450 mm on center
corrugated sheet-metal anchors, provide at least one vertically.
anchor for each 0.25 m2 of wall area.
12.2.2.10 Requirements in seismic areas
12.2.2.5.6.2 For other anchors, provide at least one
12.2.2.10.1 Seismic Design Category C
anchor for each 0.33 m2 of wall area.
12.2.2.10.1.1 The requirements of this section
12.2.2.5.6.3 Space anchors at a maximum of 800
apply to anchored veneer for buildings in Seismic
mm horizontally and 625 mm vertically, but not to
Design Category C.
exceed the applicable requirements of Section
12.2.2.5.6.1 or 12.2.2.5.6.2 . 12.2.2.10.1.2 Isolate the sides and top of anchored
veneer from the structure so that vertical and lateral
12.2.2.5.6.4 Provide additional anchors around
seismic forces resisted by the structure are not
openings larger than 400 mm in either dimension.
imparted to the veneer.
Space anchors around perimeter of opening at a
maximum of 0.90 m on center. Place anchors within 12.2.2.10.2 Seismic Design Category D
300 mm of openings. 12.2.2.10.2.1 The requirements for Seismic Design
12.2.2.5.7 Joint thickness for anchors — Mortar Category C and the requirements of this section
bed joint thickness shall be at least twice the apply to anchored veneer for buildings in Seismic
thickness of the embedded anchor. Design Category D.
12.2.2.6 Masonry veneer anchored to wood backing 12.2.2.10.2.2 Reduce the maximum wall area
is not a common construction practice in the supported by each anchor to 75 percent of that
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia nor in other GCC required in Sections 12.2.2.5.6.1 and 12.2.2.5.6.2 .
countries. Maximum horizontal and vertical spacings are
unchanged.
12.2.2.7 Masonry veneer anchored to steel backing
12.2.2.11 Requirements in areas of high winds —
12.2.2.7.1 Attach veneer with adjustable anchors.
The following requirements apply in areas where
12.2.2.7.2 Attach each anchor to steel framing with the velocity pressure, 𝑞𝑧 exceeds 1.92 kPa but does
at least a No.10 corrosion-resistant screw (nominal not exceed 2.63 kPa and the building's mean roof
shank diameter of 5 mm, or with a fastener having height is less than or equal to 18.3 m:
equivalent or greater pullout strength.
(a) Reduce the maximum wall area supported
12.2.2.7.3 Cold-formed steel framing shall be by each anchor to 70 percent of that
corrosion resistant and have a minimum base metal required in Sections 12.2.2.5.6.1 and
thickness of 1.0 mm. 12.2.2.5.6.2 .
(b) Space anchors at a maximum 450 mm
12.2.2.7.4 A 115-mm maximum distance between
horizontally and vertically.
the inside face of the veneer and the steel framing
(c) Provide additional anchors around
shall be specified. A 25.0 mm minimum air space
openings larger than 400 mm in either
shall be specified.
direction. Space anchors around perimeter
of opening at a maximum of 600 mm on
SBC 305-CR-18 69
CHAPTER 12—VENEER
center. Place anchors within 300 mm of 12.3.2 Prescriptive requirements for adhered
openings. masonry veneer
12.2.2.11.1 Provide continuous single wire joint 12.3.2.1 Unit sizes — Adhered veneer units shall
reinforcement of wire size MW11 at a maximum not exceed 66.0 mm in specified thickness, 900 mm
spacing of 450 mm on center vertically. in any face dimension, nor more than 0.46 m2 in
Mechanically attach anchors to the joint total face area, and shall not weigh more than
reinforcement with clips or hooks. Corrugated sheet 73 kg/m2 .
metal anchors shall not be used.
12.3.2.2 Wall area limitations — The height,
12.3—Adhered veneer length, and area of adhered veneer shall not be
limited except as required to control restrained
12.3.1 Alternative design of adhered masonry
differential movement stresses between veneer and
veneer
backing.
The alternative design of adhered veneer, which is
12.3.2.3 Backing — Backing shall provide a
permitted under Section 1.3, shall satisfy the
continuous, moisture-resistant surface to receive the
following conditions:
adhered veneer. Backing is permitted to be
(a) Loads shall be distributed through the masonry, concrete, or metal lath and Portland
veneer to the backing using principles of cement plaster applied to masonry, concrete, steel
mechanics. framing, or wood framing.
(b) Out-of-plane curvature shall be limited to
12.3.2.4 Adhesion developed between adhered
prevent veneer unit separation from the
veneer units and backing shall have a shear strength
backing.
of at least 345 kPa based on gross unit surface area
(c) The veneer is not subject to the flexural
when tested in accordance with ASTM C482, or
tensile stress provisions of Section 8.2 or
shall be adhered in compliance with Article 3.3 C
the nominal flexural tensile strength
of TMS 602/ ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
provisions of Section 9.1.9.2 .
(d) The provisions of Section 12.1 shall apply.
SBC 305-CR-18 70
CHAPTER 13—GLASS UNIT MASONRY
individual standard-unit panel shall be

13.1—General
23.22 m2 and the maximum area of each thin-
13.1.1 Scope unit panel shall be 13.94 m2 . The maximum
This chapter provides requirements for empirical dimension between structural supports shall be
design of glass unit masonry as non-load-bearing 7.60 m wide or 6.10 m high.
elements in exterior or interior walls. 13.2.3.2 When the factored wind pressure exceeds
13.1.1.1 The provisions of Part 1 and Part 2, 768 Pa, standard-unit panels shall be designed in
excluding Sections 1.2.1(c), 1.2.2, 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, accordance with Section 13.2.1 and thin-unit panels
shall apply to design of glass unit masonry, except shall be designed in accordance with Section 13.2.2.
as stated in this Chapter.
13.2.4 Curved panels
13.1.1.2 Article 1.4 of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE
The width of curved panels shall conform to the
6 shall not apply to glass unit masonry.
requirements of Sections 13.2.1, 13.2.2, and 13.2.3,
13.1.2 General design requirements except additional structural supports shall be
provided at locations where a curved section joins a
Design and detail glass unit masonry to
straight section and at inflection points in multi-
accommodate differential movement.
curved walls.
13.1.3 Units 13.3—Support
13.1.3.1 Hollow or solid glass block units shall be
standard or thin units.
13.3.1 General requirements
Glass unit masonry panels shall be isolated so that
13.1.3.2 The specified thickness of standard units
in-plane loads are not imparted to the panel.
shall be at least 98 mm.
13.1.3.3 The specified thickness of thin units shall 13.3.2 Vertical
be 80 mm for hollow units or 75 mm for solid units. 13.3.2.1 Maximum total deflection of structural
members supporting glass unit masonry shall not
13.2—Panel size
exceed 𝑙/600.
13.2.1 Exterior standard-unit panels
13.3.3 Lateral
The maximum area of each individual standard-unit
13.3.3.1 Glass unit masonry panels, more than one
panel shall be based on the design wind pressure, in
unit wide or one unit high, shall be laterally
accordance with Figure 13.1. The maximum
supported along the top and sides of the panel.
dimension between structural supports shall be 7.6
Lateral support shall be provided by panel anchors
m horizontally or 6.10 m vertically.
along the top and sides spaced not more than 400
13.2.2 Exterior thin-unit panels mm on center or by channel-type restraints. Glass
unit masonry panels shall be recessed at least 25.0
The maximum area of each individual thin-unit
mm within channels and chases. Channel-type
panel shall be 9.29 m2 . The maximum dimension
restraints must be oversized to accommodate
between structural supports shall be 4.50 m wide or
expansion material in the opening, and packing and
3.0 m high. Thin units shall not be used in
sealant between the framing restraints and the glass
applications where the factored design wind
unit masonry perimeter units. Lateral supports for
pressure per SBC 301 exceeds 1,500 Pa.
glass unit masonry panels shall be designed to resist
13.2.3 Interior panels applied loads, or a minimum of 3000 N/m of panel,
whichever is greater.
13.2.3.1 When the factored wind pressure does
not exceed 768 Pa, the maximum area of each 13.3.3.2 Glass unit masonry panels that are no more
than one unit wide shall conform to the
SBC 305-CR-18 71
requirements of Section 13.3.3.1 , except that lateral

support at the top of the panel is not required.
13.3.3.3 Glass unit masonry panels that are no more
than one unit high shall conform to the requirements
of Section 13.3.3.1 , except that lateral support at the
sides of the panels is not required.
13.3.3.4 Glass unit masonry panels that are a single
glass masonry unit shall conform to the
requirements of Section 13.3.3.1 , except that lateral
support shall not be provided by panel anchors.
13.4—Expansion joints
Glass unit masonry panels shall be provided with
expansion joints along the top and sides at structural
supports. Expansion joints shall have sufficient
thickness to accommodate displacements of the
supporting structure, but shall not be less than 10
mm in thickness. Expansion joints shall be entirely
free of mortar or other debris and shall be filled with
resilient material.
13.5—Base surface treatment
The surface on which glass unit masonry panels are
placed shall be coated with a water-based asphaltic
emulsion or other elastic waterproofing material
prior to laying the first course.
13.6—Mortar
Glass unit masonry shall be laid with Type S or N
mortar.
13.7—Reinforcement
Glass unit masonry panels shall have horizontal
joint reinforcement spaced not more than 400 mm
on center, located in the mortar bed joint, and
extending the entire length of the panel but not
across expansion joints. Longitudinal wires shall be
lapped a minimum of 150 mm at splices. Joint
reinforcement shall be placed in the bed joint
immediately below and above openings in the
panel. The reinforcement shall have at least two
parallel longitudinal wires of size WD 4.0 and have
welded cross wires of size WD 4.0.
SBC 305-CR-18 72
TABLES AND FIGURES OF CHAPTER 13
Figure 13.1: Factored design wind pressure for glass unit masonry
SBC 305-CR-18 73
CHAPTER 14—MASONRY PARTITION WALLS
14.1—General partition walls resisting service level unfactored

lateral loads that exceed 0.240 kPa when using
14.1.1 Scope Table 14.1 or 0.48 kPa when using
This chapter provides requirements for the design 14.2.3.3 Table 14.2.
of masonry partition walls.
14.2.3.4 Seismic Design Category — the
14.1.2 Design of partition walls prescriptive design requirements of Chapter 14
Partition walls shall be designed by one of the shall not apply to the design of masonry partition
following: walls in Seismic Design Category D.
(a) The prescriptive design requirements of 14.2.3.5 Nonparticipating Elements — Partition
Section 14.2 through 14.5, or walls designed using the prescriptive requirements
(b) The requirements of Part 1, Part 2 and the of Chapter 14 shall be designed as 'nonparticipating
requirements of Chapter 8, Chapter 9, elements' in accordance with the requirements of
Chapter 11, or Chapter 13. Section 7.3.1.
14.2—Prescriptive design of partition 14.2.3.6 Enclosed Buildings — The prescriptive

walls design requirements of Chapter 14 shall only be
permitted to be applied to the design of masonry
14.2.1 General partition walls in Enclosed Buildings as defined by
14.2.1.1 The provisions of Part 1 and Part 2, SBC 301
excluding Sections 1.2.1(c), 1.2.2, 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, 14.2.3.7 Risk Category IV — The prescriptive
shall apply to prescriptive design of masonry design requirements of Chapter 14 shall not apply
partition walls. to the design of masonry partition walls in Risk
14.2.1.2 Article 1.4 of TMS 602/AC1 530.1/ ASCE Category IV as defined in SBC 301.
6 shall not apply to prescriptively designed masonry 14.2.3.8 Masonry not laid in running bond — The
partition walls. prescriptive design requirements of Chapter 14
shall not apply to the design of masonry not laid in
14.2.2 Thickness Limitations
running bond in horizontally spanning walls.
14.2.2.1 Minimum thickness — The minimum
14.2.3.9 Glass unit masonry — The prescriptive
nominal thickness of partition walls shall be 100
design requirements of Chapter 14 shall not apply
mm.
to the design of glass unit masonry.
14.2.2.2 Maximum thickness — The maximum
14.2.3.10 AAC masonry — The prescriptive design
nominal thickness of partition walls shall be 300
requirements of Chapter 14 shall not apply to the
mm. design of AAC masonry.
14.2.3 Limitations 14.2.3.11 Concrete masonry — Concrete masonry,
14.2.3.1 Vertical loads — The prescriptive design designed in accordance with Chapter 14, shall
requirements of Chapter 14 shall not apply to the comply with one of the following:
design of partition walls that support vertical (a) The minimum normalized web area of
compressive, service loads of more than 2900 N/m concrete masonry units, determined in
in addition to their own weight. The resultant of accordance with ASTM C140, shall not be
vertical loads shall be placed within the center third less than 187,500 mm2 /m2 , or
of the wall thickness. The prescriptive design (b) The member shall be grouted solid.
requirements of Chapter 14 shall not apply to the
design of partition walls that resist net axial tension. 14.2.3.12 Support — The provisions of Chapter 14
shall not apply to masonry vertically supported on
14.2.3.2 Lateral loads — The prescriptive design wood construction.
requirements of Chapter 14 shall not apply to
SBC 305-CR-18 74
14.3—Lateral support The ratio of height-to-nominal-thickness for

cantilevered partition walls shall not exceed 6 for
14.3.1 Maximum 𝑙/𝑡 and ℎ/𝑡 solid masonry or 4 for hollow masonry.
Masonry partition walls without openings shall be 14.3.4 Support elements
laterally supported in either the horizontal or the
vertical direction so that 𝑙/𝑡 or ℎ/𝑡 does not exceed Lateral support shall be provided by cross walls,
the values given in Table 14.1or pilasters, or structural frame members when the
limiting distance is taken horizontally; or by floors,
Table 14.2. It shall not be permitted to decrease the
roofs acting as diaphragms, or structural frame
cross-section of the partition wall between supports members when the limiting distance is taken
unless permitted by Section 14.3.2. vertically.
14.3.2 Openings 14.4—Anchorage
Masonry partition walls with single or multiple
14.4.1 General
openings shall be laterally supported in either the
horizontal or vertical direction so that 1/𝑡 or ℎ/𝑡 Masonry partition walls shall be anchored in
does not exceed the values given in Table 14.1 or accordance with this section.
Table 14.2 divided by √𝑊𝑇 ⁄𝑊𝑆 . 14.4.2 Intersecting walls
𝑊𝑆 is the dimension of the structural wall strip Masonry partition walls depending upon one
measured perpendicular to the span of the wall strip another for lateral support shall be anchored or
and perpendicular to the thickness as shown in bonded at locations where they meet or intersect by
Table 14.1. 𝑊𝑆 is measured from the edge of the one of the following methods:
opening. 𝑊𝑆 shall be no less than 3𝑡 on each side of 14.4.2.1 Fifty percent of the units at the intersection
each opening. Therefore, at walls with multiple shall be laid in an overlapping masonry bonding
openings, jambs shall be no less than 6𝑡 between pattern, with alternate units having a bearing of at
openings. For design purposes, the effective 𝑊𝑆 least 75.0 mm on the unit below.
shall not be assumed to be greater than 6𝑡. At non-
masonry lintels, the edge of the opening shall be 14.4.2.2 Walls shall be anchored at their
considered the edge of the non-masonry lintel. 𝑊𝑆 intersection at vertical intervals of not more than
shall occur uninterrupted over the full span of the 400 mm with joint reinforcement or 6.4 mm mesh
wall. galvanized hardware cloth.
14.4.2.3 Other metal ties, joint reinforcement or
𝑊𝑇 is the dimension, parallel to 𝑊𝑆 , from the center
anchors, if used, shall be spaced to provide
of the opening to the opposite end of 𝑊𝑆 as shown
equivalent area of anchorage to that required by
in Table 14.1.
Section 14.4.2.2 .
Where there are multiple openings perpendicular to
𝑊𝑆 , 𝑊𝑇 shall be measured from the center of a 14.5—Miscellaneous requirements
virtual opening that encompasses such openings. 14.5.1 Chases and recesses
Masonry elements within the virtual opening must
be designed in accordance with Chapter 8 or Masonry directly above chases or recesses wider
Chapter 9. than 300 mm shall be supported on lintels.
For walls with openings that span no more than 14.5.2 Lintels
1200 mm, parallel to 𝑊𝑆 , if 𝑊𝑆 is no less than 1200 The design of masonry lintels shall be in accordance
mm, then it shall be permitted to ignore the effect of with the provisions of Section 5.2.
those openings.
14.5.3 Lap splices
The span of openings, parallel to 𝑊𝑆 , shall be
limited so that the span divided by 𝑡 does not exceed Lap splices for bar reinforcement or joint
the values given in Table 14.1or reinforcement, required by Section 7.4.3.1 and
located in masonry partition walls designed in
Table 14.2. accordance with this Chapter, shall be a minimum
14.3.3 Cantilever walls of 48𝑑𝑏 .
SBC 305-CR-18 75
TABLES AND FIGURES OF CHAPTER 14
Table 14.1: Maximum 𝐥/𝐭 𝟏 or 𝐡/𝐭 𝟏 for 0.240 kPa lateral load.𝟐
Unit and Masonry Type Mortar types

cement entrained portland cement/lime
M or S N M or S N
Ungrouted and partially grouted hollow units.3 26 24 22 18
Solid units and fully grouted hollow units.3 40 36 33 26
1
𝑡 by definition is the nominal thickness of member
2
See Section 14.2.3.2 .
3
For non-cantilevered walls laterally supported at both ends. See Section 14.3.3 for cantilevered walls.
Table 14.2: Maximum 𝐥/𝐭 𝟏 or 𝐡/𝐭 𝟏 for 0.480 kPa lateral load.𝟐
Unit and Masonry Type Mortar types

cement entrained portland cement/lime
M or S N M or S N
Ungrouted and partially grouted hollow units.3 18 16 14 12
3
Solid units and fully grouted hollow units. 28 24 22 18
1
𝑡 by definition is the nominal thickness of member
2
See Section 14.2.3.2 .
3
For non-cantilevered walls laterally supported at both ends. See Section 14.3.3 for cantilevered walls
Figure 14.1: Graphical representation of 𝑊𝑆 and 𝑊𝑇
SBC 305-CR-18 76
PART 5—APPENDICES
PART 5—APPENDICES
SBC 305-CR-18 77
APPENDIX A—EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY
A.1—General A.1.2.8 Concrete masonry — Concrete masonry,

designed in accordance with APPENDIX A , shall
A.1.1 Scope comply with one of the following:
This appendix provides requirements for empirical
(a) The minimum normalized web area of
design of masonry.
concrete masonry units, determined in
A.1.1.1 The provisions of Part 1 and Part 2, accordance with ASTM C140, shall not be
excluding Part 1 Sections 1.2.1(c), 1.2.2, 4.1, 4.2 less than 187,500 mm2 /m2 , or
and 4.3, shall apply to empirical design, except as (b) The member shall be grouted solid.
specifically stated in this Chapter.
A.1.2.9 Support — The provisions of Appendix A
A.1.1.2 Article 1.4 of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 shall not apply to masonry vertically supported on
shall not apply to empirically designed masonry. wood construction.
A.1.2 Limitations A.1.2.10 Partition walls — The provisions of
Appendix A shall not apply to partition walls.
A.1.2.1 Gravity Loads — The resultant of gravity
loads shall be placed within the center third of the A.2—Height
wall thickness and within the central area bounded
Buildings relying on masonry walls as part of their
by lines at one-third of each cross-sectional
lateral-force-resisting system shall not exceed 10.70
dimension of foundation piers.
m in height.
A.1.2.2 Seismic — Empirical requirements shall
not apply to the design of masonry for buildings, A.3—Lateral stability
parts of buildings or other structures in Seismic A.3.1 Shear walls
Design Category D as defined in SBC 301, and shall
not apply to the design of the seismic-force- Where the structure depends upon masonry walls
resisting system for structures in Seismic Design for lateral stability, shear walls shall be provided
Categories B or C. parallel to the direction of the lateral forces resisted.
A.1.2.3 Wind — Empirical requirements shall be A.3.1.1 In each direction in which shear walls are
permitted to be applied to the design of masonry required for lateral stability, shear walls shall be
elements defined by Table A.1, based on building positioned in at least two separate planes parallel
height and basic wind speed that are applicable to with the direction of the lateral force. The minimum
the building. cumulative length of shear walls provided along
each plane shall be 0.2 multiplied by the long
A.1.2.4 Buildings and other structures in Risk dimension of the building. Cumulative length of
Category IV — Empirical requirements shall not shear walls shall not include openings or any
apply to the design of masonry for buildings, parts element whose length is less than one-half its
of buildings or other structures in Risk Category IV height.
as defined in SBC 301.
A.3.2 Shear walls shall be spaced so that the
A.1.2.5 Other horizontal loads — Empirical length-to-width ratio of each diaphragm
requirements shall not apply to structures resisting transferring lateral forces to the shear walls does not
horizontal loads other than permitted wind or exceed values given in Table A.3.
seismic loads or foundation walls as provided in
Section A.6.3. A.3.3 Roofs
A.1.2.6 Glass unit masonry — The provisions of The roof construction shall be designed so as not to
APPENDIX A shall not apply to glass unit masonry.
impart out-of-plane lateral thrust to the walls under
roof gravity load.
A.1.2.7 AAC masonry — The provisions of
APPENDIX A shall not apply to AAC masonry. A.4—Compressive stress requirements
SBC 305-CR-18 78
A.4.1 Calculations in Figure A.2. Where there are multiple openings

perpendicular to 𝑊𝑆 , 𝑊𝑇 shall be measured from the
Dead loads and live loads shall be in accordance
center of a virtual opening that encompasses such
with SBC 301, with such live load reductions as are
openings. Masonry elements within the virtual
permitted in SBC 301. Compressive stresses in
opening must be designed in accordance with
masonry due to vertical dead plus live loads
Chapter 8 or Chapter 9.
(excluding wind or seismic loads) shall be
determined in accordance with the following: For walls with openings that span no more than
1200 mm, parallel to 𝑊𝑆 , if 𝑊𝑆 is no less than 1200
(a) Stresses shall be calculated based on
specified dimensions. mm, then it shall be permitted to ignore the effect
(b) Calculated compressive stresses for single of those openings.
wythe walls and for multiwythe composite The span of openings, parallel to 𝑊𝑆 , shall be
masonry walls shall be determined by limited so that the span divided by 𝑡 does not exceed
dividing the design load by the gross cross- the values given in Table A.5.
sectional area of the member. The area of
In addition to these limitations, lintels shall be
openings, chases, or recesses in walls shall
designed for gravity loads in accordance with
not be included in the gross cross-sectional
Section A.9.2.
area of the wall.
In calculating the ratio for multiwythe walls, use the
A.4.2 Allowable compressive stresses
following thickness:
The compressive stresses in masonry shall not
(1) The nominal wall thicknesses for solid
exceed the values given in Table A.4. In multiwythe
walls and for hollow walls bonded with
walls, the allowable stresses shall be based on the
masonry headers (Section A.7.2).
weakest combination of the units and mortar used
in each wythe. (2) The sum of the nominal thicknesses of the
wythes for non-composite walls connected
A.5—Lateral support with wall ties (Section A.7.3).
A.5.1 Maximum 𝑙/𝑡 and ℎ/𝑡
A.5.2 Cantilever walls
Masonry walls without openings shall be laterally
Except for parapets, the ratio of height-to-nominal
supported in either the horizontal or the vertical
thickness for cantilever walls shall not exceed 6 for
direction so that 𝑙/𝑡 or ℎ/𝑡 does not exceed the solid masonry or 4 for hollow masonry. For
values given in Table A.5. parapets see Section A.6.4.
Masonry walls with single or multiple openings A.5.3 Support elements
shall be laterally supported in either the horizontal
or vertical direction so that 𝑙/𝑡 or ℎ/𝑡 does not Lateral support shall be provided by cross walls,
exceed the values given in Table A.5 divided by pilasters, or structural frame members when the
√𝑊𝑇 ⁄𝑊𝑆 limiting distance is taken horizontally; or by floors,
roofs acting as diaphragms, or structural frame
𝑊𝑆 is the dimension of the structural wall strip members when the limiting distance is taken
measured perpendicular to the span of the wall strip vertically.
and perpendicular to the thickness as shown in
Figure A.2. 𝑊𝑆 is measured from the edge of the A.6—THICKNESS OF MASONRY
opening. 𝑊𝑆 shall be no less than 3𝑡 on each side of A.6.1 General
each opening. Therefore, at walls with multiple
openings, jambs shall be no less than 6𝑡 between Minimum thickness requirements shall be based on
nominal dimensions of masonry.
openings. For design purposes, the effective 𝑊𝑆
shall not be assumed to be greater than 6𝑡. At non- A.6.2 Minimum thickness
masonry lintels, the edge of the opening shall be
A.6.2.1 Load-bearing walls — The minimum
considered the edge of the non-masonry lintel. 𝑊𝑆
thickness of load-bearing walls of one story
shall occur uninterrupted over the full span of the
buildings shall be 150 mm. The minimum thickness
wall.
of load-bearing walls of buildings more than one
𝑊𝑇 is the dimension, parallel to 𝑊𝑆 , from the center story high shall be 200 mm.
of the opening to the opposite end of 𝑊𝑆 as shown
SBC 305-CR-18 79
A.6.2.2 Rubble stone walls — The minimum (a) Length, measured perpendicular to its
thickness of rough, random, or coursed rubble stone thickness, shall not exceed 3 times its
walls shall be 400 mm. thickness.
(b) Height shall be equal to or less than 4 times
A.6.2.3 Shear walls — The minimum thickness of
its thickness.
masonry shear walls shall be 200 mm.
A.6.2.4 Foundation walls — The minimum A.7—Bond
thickness of foundation walls shall be 200 mm. A.7.1 General
A.6.2.5 Foundation piers — The minimum Wythes of multiple wythe masonry walls shall be
thickness of foundation piers shall be 200 mm. bonded in accordance with the requirements of
A.6.2.6 Parapet walls — The minimum thickness of Section A.7.2, Section A.7.3, or Section A.7.4.
parapet walls shall be 200 mm. A.7.2 Bonding with masonry headers
A.6.2.7 Partition walls — The minimum thickness A.7.2.1 Solid units — Where adjacent wythes of
of partition walls shall be 100 mm. solid masonry walls are bonded by means of
A.6.2.8 Change in thickness — Where walls of masonry headers, no less than 4 percent of the wall
masonry of hollow units or masonry bonded hollow surface area of each face shall be composed of
walls are decreased in thickness, a course or courses headers extending not less than 75 mm into each
of solid masonry units or fully grouted hollow wythe. The distance between adjacent full-length
masonry units shall be interposed between the wall headers shall not exceed 610 mm either vertically
below and the thinner wall above, or special units or horizontally. In multiwythe walls that are thicker
or construction shall be used to transmit the loads than the length of a header, each wythe shall be
from face shells or wythes above to those below. connected to the adjacent wythe by adjacent
headers that overlap a minimum of 75 mm.
A.6.3 Foundation walls
A.7.2.2 Hollow units — Where two or more wythes
A.6.3.1 Foundation walls shall comply with the are constructed using hollow units, the stretcher
requirements of Table A.6, which are applicable courses shall be bonded at vertical intervals not
when: exceeding 860 mm by lapping at least 75 mm over
(a) the foundation wall does not exceed 2.45 m the unit below, or by lapping at vertical intervals not
in height between lateral supports, exceeding 430 mm with units which are at least 50
(b) the terrain surrounding foundation walls is percent greater in thickness than the units below.
graded to drain surface water away from A.7.3 Bonding with wall ties or joint
foundation walls, reinforcement
(c) backfill is drained to remove ground water
away from foundation walls, A.7.3.1 Where adjacent wythes of masonry walls
(d) lateral support is provided at the top of are bonded with wire size WD 5.0 wall ties or metal
foundation walls prior to backfilling, wire of equivalent stiffness embedded in the
(e) the length of foundation walls between horizontal mortar joints, there shall be at least one
perpendicular masonry walls or pilasters is metal tie for each 0.42 m2 of wall area. The
a maximum of 3 multiplied by the basement maximum vertical distance between ties shall not
wall height, exceed 610 mm, and the maximum horizontal
(f) the backfill is granular and soil conditions distance shall not exceed 910 mm. Rods or ties bent
in the area are non-expansive, and to rectangular shape shall be used with hollow
(g) Masonry is laid in running bond using Type masonry units laid with the cells vertical. In other
M or S mortar. walls, the ends of ties shall be bent to 90-degree
angles to provide hooks no less than 50 mm long.
A.6.3.2 Where the requirements of Section A.6.3.1 Wall ties shall be without drips and shall be non-
are not met, foundation walls shall be designed in adjustable. Additional bonding ties shall be
accordance with Part 1, Part 2, and Chapter 8 or provided at openings, spaced not more than 0.90 m
Chapter 9. apart around the perimeter and within 300 mm of
A.6.4 Foundation piers the opening.
Design of foundation piers shall comply with A.7.3.2 Where adjacent wythes of masonry are
Appendix A and the following: bonded with prefabricated joint reinforcement,
SBC 305-CR-18 80
there shall be at least one cross wire serving as a tie A.8.3 Floor and roof anchorage
for each 0.25 m2 of wall area. The vertical spacing
Floor and roof diaphragms providing lateral support
of the joint reinforcement shall not exceed 610 mm. to masonry shall be connected to the masonry by
Cross wires on prefabricated joint reinforcement
one of the following methods:
shall be not smaller than wire size WD 4.0 and shall
be without drips. The longitudinal wires shall be A.8.3.1 Roof loading shall be determined by the
embedded in the mortar. provisions of Section 4.1.2 and, where net uplift
occurs, uplift shall be resisted entirely by an
A.7.4 Natural or cast stone
anchorage system designed in accordance with the
A.7.4.1 Ashlar masonry — In ashlar masonry, provisions of Sections 8.1 and 8.3 and, Sections 9.1
uniformly distributed bonder units shall be provided and 9.3.
to the extent of not less than 10 percent of the wall
A.8.3.2 Steel joists that are supported by masonry
area. Such bonder units shall extend not less than
walls shall bear on and be connected to steel bearing
100 mm into the backing wall.
plates. Maximum joist spacing shall be 1.83 m on
A.7.4.2 Rubble stone masonry — Rubble stone center. Each bearing plate shall be anchored to the
masonry 610 mm or less in thickness shall have wall with a minimum of two 12.7 mm diameter
bonder units with a maximum spacing of 0.90 m bolts, or their equivalent. Where steel joists are
vertically and 0.90 m horizontally, and if the parallel to the wall, anchors shall be located where
masonry is of greater thickness than 610 mm, shall joist bridging terminates at the wall and additional
have one bonder unit for each 0.56 m2 of wall anchorage shall be provided to comply with Section
surface on both sides. A.8.3.3.
A.8—Anchorage A.8.3.3 Roof and floor diaphragms shall be

anchored to masonry walls with a minimum of 12.7
A.8.1 General mm diameter bolts at a maximum spacing of 1.83 m
Masonry elements shall be anchored in accordance on center or their equivalent.
with this section. A.8.3.4 Bolts and anchors required by Sections
A.8.2 Intersecting walls A.8.3.3 and A.8.3.4 shall comply with the
following:
Masonry walls depending upon one another for
lateral support shall be anchored or bonded at (a) Bolts and anchors at steel floor joists and
locations where they meet or intersect by one of the floor diaphragms shall be embedded in the
following methods: masonry at least 150 mm or shall comply
with Section A.8.3.4(c).
A.8.2.1 Fifty percent of the units at the intersection (b) Bolts at steel roof joists and roof
shall be laid in an overlapping masonry bonding diaphragms shall be embedded in the
pattern, with alternate units having a bearing of not masonry at least 380 mm or shall comply
less than 75 mm on the unit below. with Section A.8.3.4(c).
A.8.2.2 Walls shall be anchored by steel connectors (c) In lieu of the embedment lengths listed in
having a minimum section of 6.4 mm by 38 mm Sections A.8.3.4(a) and A.8.3.4(b), bolts
with ends bent up at least 51 mm, or with cross pins shall be permitted to be hooked or welded
to form anchorage. Such anchors shall be at least to not less than 129 mm2 of bond beam
610 mm long and the maximum spacing shall be reinforcement placed not less than 150 mm
1.22 m. below joist bearing or bottom of
diaphragm.
A.8.2.3 Walls shall be anchored by joint
reinforcement spaced at a maximum distance of 200 A.8.4 Walls adjoining structural framing
mm. longitudinal wires of such reinforcement shall
Where walls are dependent upon the structural
be at least wire size WD 4.0 and shall extend at least
frame for lateral support, they shall be anchored to
760 mm in each direction at the intersection.
the structural members with metal anchors or
A.8.2.4 Other metal ties, joint reinforcement or otherwise keyed to the structural members. Metal
anchors, if used, shall be spaced to provide anchors shall consist of 12.7-mm bolts spaced at
equivalent area of anchorage to that required by 1.22 m on center embedded 100 mm into the
Sections A.8.2.2 through A.8.2.4. masonry, or their equivalent area.
SBC 305-CR-18 81
A.9—Miscellaneous requirements
A.9.1 Chases and recesses
Masonry directly above chases or recesses wider
than 300 mm shall be supported on lintels.
A.9.2 Lintels
The design of masonry lintels shall be in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5.2.
SBC 305-CR-18 82
TABLES AND FIGURES OF APPENDIX A
Table A.1: Limitations based on building height and basic wind speed
Basic Wind Speed, m/s (meter per second).1

Building Over 51 and Over 54 and
Element Description less less
Height, m Less than or
equal 51 than or equal than or equal Over 56
to-54 to 56
Masonry elements that are part of Not
11 and less Permitted Permitted
the lateral-force-resisting system
Over 55 Not Permitted
Over 18 and less
Interior masonry loadbearing than or equal to Permitted Not Permitted
elements that are not part of the 55
lateral-force-resisting system in
Over 11 and
buildings other than enclosed as less than or equal Permitted Not Permitted
defined by SBC 301 to 18
11 and less Permitted Not Permitted
Over 55 Not Permitted
Over 18 and less
Exterior masonry elements that are than or equal to Permitted Not Permitted
not part of the lateral-force-resisting 55
system Over 11 and less
than or equal Permitted Not Permitted
to 18
Exterior masonry elements 11 and less Permitted Not Permitted
1
. Basic wind speed as given in SBC 301
SBC 305-CR-18 83
Table A.2: Checklist for use of Appendix A — Empirical Design of Masonry
1. Risk Category IV structures are not permitted to be designed using Appendix A.

2. Partitions are not permitted to be designed using Appendix A.
3. Use of empirical design is limited based on Seismic Design Category, as described in the following table.
Seismic Design Category Participating Walls Non-Participating Walls, except
partition walls
A Allowed by Appendix A Allowed by Appendix A
B Not Allowed Allowed by Appendix A

C Not Allowed With prescriptive reinforcement per
7.4.3.1 1
D Not Allowed Not Allowed
1
Lap splices are required to be designed and detailed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 8 or Chapter 9.
4. Use of empirical design is limited based on wind speed at the project site, as described in Code
A.1.2.3 and Code Table A.1.
5. If wind uplift on roofs result in net tension, empirical design is not permitted (A.8.3.1).
6. Loads used in the design of masonry must be listed on the design drawings (1.2.1(b)).
7. Details of anchorage to structural frames must be included in the design drawings (1.2.1(e) ).
8. The design is required to include provisions for volume change (1.2.1(h)). The design drawings are
required to include the locations and sizing of expansion, control, and isolation joints.
9. If walls are connected to structural frames, the connections and walls are required to be designed to resist
the interconnecting forces and to accommodate deflections (4.4).
This provision requires a lateral load and uplift analysis for exterior walls that receive wind load and are
supported by or are supporting a frame or roofing system.
10. Masonry not laid in running bond (for example, stack bond masonry) is required to have
horizontal reinforcement (4.5).
11. A project quality assurance plan is required (3.1) with minimum requirements given in Table 3.1.
12. The resultant of gravity loads must be determined and assured to be located within certain limitations for walls
and piers (A.1.2.1 ).
13. Ensure compliance of the design with prescriptive floor, roof, and wall-to-structural framing
anchorage requirements, as well as other anchorage requirements (A.8.3 and A.8.4 ).
14. Type N mortar is not permitted for foundation walls (A.6.3.1(g)).
15. Design shear wall lengths, spacings, and orientations to meet the requirements of Code A.3.1 .
Table A.3: Diaphragm length-to-width ratios

Maximum length-to-width ratio of
Floor or roof diaphragm construction diaphragm panel
Cast-in-place concrete 5:1
Precast concrete 4:1
Metal deck with concrete 3:1
fill deck with no fill
Metal 2:1
SBC 305-CR-18 84
Table A.4: Allowable compressive stresses for empirical design of masonry

Construction; compressive strength of masonry unit, Allowable compressive stresses.1 based
gross area, MPa on gross cross-sectional area,
MPa
Type M or S mortar Type N mortar
Solid masonry of brick and other solid units of clay or shale; sand-
lime or concrete brick:
55.00 or greater 2.41 2.07
31.00 1.55 1.38
17.20 1.10 0.97
10.30 0.79 0.69
Grouted masonry of clay or shale; sand-lime or concrete:
31.00 or greater 1.55 1.38
17.20 1.10 0.97
10.30 0.79 0.69
Solid masonry of solid concrete masonry units:
20.70 or greater 1.55 1.38
13.80 1.10 0.97
8.30 0.79 0.69
Masonry of hollow load-bearing units of clay or shale.2 :
13.80 or greater 0.97 0.83
10.30 0.79 0.69
6.90 0.52 0.48
4.80 0.41 0.38
Masonry of hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units, up to and
including 200 mm nominal thickness:
13.80 or greater 0.97 0.83
10.30 0.79 0.69
6.90 0.52 0.48
4.80 0.41 0.38
Masonry of hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units, greater
than 200 to 300 mm nominal thickness:
13.80 or greater 0.86 0.76
10.30 0.72 0.62
6.90 0.45 0.41
4.80 0.38 0.35
Masonry of hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units, 300
mm nominal thickness and greater:
13.80 or greater 0.79 0.69
10.30 0.66 0.59
6.90 0.41 0.38
4.80 0.35 0.31
Multiwythe non-composite walls.2 :
Solid units:
17.20 or greater 1.10 0.97
10.30 0.79 0.69
Hollow units of clay or shale 0.52 0.48
Hollow units of concrete masonry of nominal thickness,
up to and including 200 mm: 0.52 0.48
greater than 200-300 mm: 0.48 0.45
300 mm and greater: 0.41 0.38
Stone ashlar masonry:
Granite 4.96 4.41
Limestone or marble 3.10 2.76
Sandstone or cast stone 2.48 2.21
Rubble stone masonry:
Coursed, rough, or random 0.83 0.69
.1 Linear interpolation shall be permitted for determining allowable stresses for masonry units having compressive strengths which are intermediate
between those given in the table.
.2 In non-composite walls, where floor and roof loads are carried upon one wythe, the gross cross-sectional area is that of the wythe under load; if both
wythes are loaded, the gross cross-sectional area is that of the wall minus the area of the cavity between the wythes.
SBC 305-CR-18 85

Construction Maximum 𝑙/𝑡 or ℎ/𝑡
Load-bearing walls
Solid units or fully grouted 20
Other than solid units or fully grouted 18
Non-load-bearing walls
Exterior 18

Wall construction Nominal wall Maximum depth of
thickness, mm unbalanced backfill, m
Masonry of hollow units 200 1.50
250 1.80
300 2.10
Masonry of solid units 200 1.50
250 2.10
300 2.10
Fully grouted masonry 200 2.10
250 2.45
300 2.45
Figure A.2: Graphical representation of 𝑊𝑆 and 𝑊𝑇
SBC 305-CR-18 86
SBC 305-CR-18 87
APPENDIX B—DESIGN OF MASONRY INFILL
B.1—General B.2.1.3 In-plane isolation joints shall be free of

mortar, debris, and other rigid materials, and shall
B.1.1 Scope be permitted to contain resilient material, provided
This chapter provides minimum requirements for that the compressibility of that material is
the structural design of concrete masonry, clay considered in establishing the required size of the
masonry, and AAC masonry infills, either non- joint.
participating or participating. Infills shall comply B.2.2 Design of non-participating infills for out-
with the requirements of Part 1, Part 2, excluding
of-place loads
Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, and 5.5, Section A1, and
either Section B2 or B3. Connectors supporting non-participating infills
against out-of-plane loads shall be designed to meet
B.1.2 Required strength
the requirements of Sections B.2.2.1 through
Required strength shall be determined in B.2.2.4 . The infill shall be designed to meet the
accordance with the strength design load requirements of Section B.2.2.5.
combinations specified in SBC 301. B.2.2.1 The connectors shall be attached to the
B.1.3 Design strength bounding frame.
Infills shall be proportioned so that the design B.2.2.2 The connectors shall not transfer in-plane
strength equals or exceeds the required strength. forces.
Design strength is the nominal strength multiplied B.2.2.3 The connectors shall be designed to satisfy
by the strength-reduction factor, 𝜙, as specified in the requirements of SBC 301
Section B.1.4.
B.2.2.4 The connectors shall be spaced at a
B.1.4 Strength-reduction factors maximum of 1.22 m along the supported perimeter
The value of 𝜙 shall be taken as 0.60, and applied of the infill.
to the shear, flexure, and axial strength of a masonry B.2.2.5 The infill shall be designed to resist out-of-
infill panel. place bending between connectors in accordance
B.1.5 Limitations with Section 9.2 for unreinforced concrete masonry
or clay masonry infill, Section 11.2 for unreinforced
Partial infills and infills with openings shall not be
AAC masonry infill, Section 9.3 for reinforced
considered as part of the lateral force-resisting
concrete masonry or clay masonry infill, or Section
system. Their effect on the bounding frame,
11.3 for reinforced AAC masonry infill.
however, shall be considered.
B.3—Participating infills
B.2—Non-participating infills
Participating infills shall comply with the
Non-participating infills shall comply with the
requirements of Sections B.3.1 through B.3.6.
requirements of Sections B.2.1 and B.2.2.
B.3.1 General
B.2.1 In-plane isolation joints for non-
participating infills Infills with in-plane isolation joints not meeting the
requirements of Section B.2.1 shall be considered as
B.2.1.1 In-plane isolation joints shall be designed
participating infills. For such infills the
between the infill and the sides and top of the
displacement shall be taken as the bounding frame
bounding frame.
displacement minus the specified width of the gap
B.2.1.2 In-plane isolation joints shall be specified between the bounding column and infill.
to be at least 9.5 mm wide in the plane of the infill,
B.3.1.1 The maximum ratio of the nominal vertical
and shall be sized to accommodate the design
dimension to nominal thickness of participating
displacements of the bounding frame.
infills shall not exceed 30.
SBC 305-CR-18 88
B.3.1.2 Participating infills that are not constructed

𝜆𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡
in contact with the bounding beam or slab adjacent
to their upper edge shall be designed in accordance 4 𝐸𝑚 𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 Equation B-2a
=√
with Section B.3.1.2.1 or B.3.1.2.2 . 4𝐸𝑏𝑐 𝐼𝑏𝑐 ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓
B.3.1.2.1 Where the specified gap between
the bounding beam or slab at the top of the infill is For the design of concrete masonry and clay
less than 9.5 mm or the gap is not sized to masonry infill; and
accommodate design displacements, the infill shall
be designed in accordance with Sections B.3.4 and 𝜆𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡
B.3.5, except that the calculated stiffness and
4 𝐸𝐴𝐴𝐶 𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 Equation B-2b
strength of the infill shall be multiplied by a factor =√
of 0.5. 4𝐸𝑏𝑐 𝐼𝑏𝑐 ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓
B.3.1.2.2 If the gap between the infill and the

overlying bounding beam or slab is sized such that for the design of AAC masonry infill.
in-plane forces cannot be transferred between the B.3.4.2 Design forces in equivalent struts, as
bounding beam or slab and the infill, the infill shall defined in Section B.3.4.1, shall be determined from
be considered a partial infill and shall comply with an elastic analysis of a braced frame including such
Section B.1.5. equivalent struts.
B.3.2 In-plane connection requirements for B.3.4.3 𝑉𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓 shall be the smallest of (a), (b), and
participating infills (c) for concrete masonry and clay masonry infill
Mechanical connections between the infill and the and (b), (d), and (e) for AAC masonry infill:
bounding frame shall be permitted provided that
they do not transfer in-plane forces between the (150 mm)𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝑓𝑚′ Equation B-3
infill and the bounding frame. (d) the calculated horizontal component of the
B.3.3 Out-of-plane connection requirements for force in the equivalent strut at a horizontal
participating infills racking displacement of 25 mm.
B.3.3.1 Participating infills shall be supported out- 𝑉𝑛 /1.5 Equation B-4
of-plane by connectors attached to the bounding
frame. where 𝑉𝑛 is the smallest nominal shear strength
from Section 9.2.6, calculated along a bed joint.
B.3.3.2 Connectors providing out-of-plane support
shall be designed to satisfy the requirements of SBC ′
(150 mm)𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 Equation B-5
301.
B.3.3.3 Connectors providing out-of-plane support 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 /1.5 Equation B-6
shall be spaced at a maximum of 1.22 m along the
supported perimeter of the infill. where 𝑉𝑛𝐴𝐴𝐶 is the smallest nominal shear strength
from Section 11.2.5, calculated along a bed joint.
B.3.4 Design of participating infills for in-plane
forces B.3.5 Design of frame elements with
participating infills for in-plane loads
B.3.4.1 Unless the stiffness of the infill is obtained
by a more comprehensive analysis, a participating B.3.5.1 Design each frame member not in contact
infill shall be analyzed as an equivalent strut, with an infill for shear, moment, and axial force not
capable of resisting compression only; whose width less than the results from the equivalent strut frame
is calculated using Equation B-1; whose thickness is analysis.
the specified thickness of the infill; and whose B.3.5.2 Design each bounding column in contact
elastic modulus is the elastic modulus of the infill. with an infill for shear and moment equal to not less
than 1.1 multiplied by the results from the
0.3
𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑓 = Equation B-1 equivalent strut frame analysis, and for axial force
𝜆𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡 not less than the results from that analysis. In
addition, increase the design shear at each end of the
Where: column by the horizontal component of the
SBC 305-CR-18 89
equivalent strut force acting on that end under 𝑞𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓 Equation

design loads. 𝛼𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ
′ 2 B-7b
= 729,000(𝑓𝐴𝐴𝐶 )0.75 𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑓 (
B.3.5.3 Design each beam or slab in contact with an 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑓 2.5
infill for shear and moment equal to at least 1.1 𝛽𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ
+ )
multiplied by the results from the equivalent strut ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓 2.5
frame analysis, and for an axial force not less than
the results from that analysis. In addition, increase Where:
the design shear at each end of the beam or slab by
the vertical component of the equivalent strut force 1 2 Equation B-8
acting on that end under design loads. 𝛼𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ = (𝐸𝑏𝑐 𝐼𝑏𝑐 ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓 )0.25
ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓
B.3.6 Design of participating infills for out-of- < 50
plane forces
1 2 Equation B-9
The nominal out-of-plane flexural capacity to resist 𝛽𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ = (𝐸𝑏𝑏 𝐼𝑏𝑏 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑓 )0.25
𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑓
out-of-plane forces of the infill per unit area shall
be determined in accordance with Equation B-7a for < 50
concrete masonry and clay masonry and Equation
B-7b for AAC masonry:
In Equation B-7, 𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑓 shall not be taken greater than
1/8 ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓 . When bounding columns of different
𝑞𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓 Equation cross-sectional properties are used on either side of
𝛼𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ B-7a the infill, average properties shall be used to
0.75 2
= 729,000(𝑓′𝑚 ) 𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑓 ( 2.5
calculate this capacity. When bounding beams of
𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑓 different cross-sectional properties are used above
𝛽𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ and below the infill, average properties shall be
+ 2.5 )
ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑓 used to calculate this capacity. In the case of a single
story frame, the cross-sectional properties of the
bounding beam above the infill shall be used to
calculate this capacity. When a side gap is present,
𝛼𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ shall be taken as zero. When a top gap is
present, 𝛽𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ shall be taken as zero.
SBC 305-CR-18 90
APPENDIX C—LIMIT DESIGN METHOD
APPENDIX C—LIMIT DESIGN METHOD
C.0—General the yield mechanism associated with the limiting

base-shear strength, 𝑉𝑙𝑖𝑚 shall satisfy the following:
The limit design method shall be permitted to be
applied to a line of lateral load resistance consisting 𝜙𝑉𝑙𝑖𝑚 ≥ 𝑉𝑢𝑏 Equation C-1
of special reinforced masonry shear walls that are
designed per the strength design provisions of The value of 𝜙 assigned to the mechanism strength
Chapter 9, except that the provisions of Section shall be taken as 0.8. The base-shear demand, 𝑉𝑢𝑏 ,
9.3.3.5 and Section 9.3.6.5 shall not apply.
shall be determined from analytical procedures
C.1—Yield mechanism permitted in Section 12.6 of SBC 301.
It shall be permitted to use limit analysis to C.3—Mechanism deformation
determine the controlling yield mechanism and its The rotational deformation demand on plastic
corresponding base-shear strength, 𝑉𝑙𝑖𝑚 , for a line hinges shall be determined by imposing the design
of lateral load resistance, provided that (a) through displacement, 𝛿𝑢 , at the roof level of the yield
(e) are satisfied: mechanism. The rotational deformation capacity of
(a) The relative magnitude of lateral seismic plastic hinges shall satisfy C.3.1 to C.3.3.
forces applied at each floor level shall C.3.1 The rotational deformation capacity of
correspond to the loading condition plastic hinges shall be taken as 0.5𝑙𝑤 𝜀𝑚𝑢 /𝑐. The
producing the maximum base shear at the
value of 𝑐 shall be calculated for the 𝑃𝑢
line of resistance in accordance with
corresponding to Load Combination 5 of Section
analytical procedures permitted in Section
2.3.2 of SBC 301.
12.6 of SBC 301.
(b) In the investigation of potential yield C.3.2 The angular deformation capacity of
mechanisms induced by seismic loading, masonry components whose plastic hinge strengths
plastic hinges shall be considered to form at are limited by shear as specified in C.1 (d), shall be
the faces of joints and at the interfaces taken as 1/400. The angular deformation capacity
between masonry components and the shall be permitted to be taken as 1/200 for masonry
foundation. components satisfying the following requirements:
(c) The axial forces associated with Load
(a) The areas of transverse and longitudinal
Combination 7 of Section 2.3.2 of SBC 301
reinforcement shall each not be less than
shall be used when determining the strength
0.001 multiplied by the gross cross-
of plastic hinges, except that axial loads due
sectional area of the component, using
to horizontal seismic forces shall be
specified dimensions;
permitted to be neglected.
(b) Spacing of transverse and longitudinal
(d) The strength assigned to plastic hinges shall
reinforcement shall not exceed the smallest
be based on the nominal flexural strength,
of 610 mm, 𝑙𝑤 /2, and ℎ𝑤 /2.
𝑀𝑛 , but shall not exceed the moment
(c) Reinforcement ending at a free edge of
associated with one-half of the nominal
masonry shall be anchored around
shear strength, 𝑉𝑛 , calculated using MSJC perpendicular reinforcing bars with a
Section 9.3.4.1.2 . standard hook.
(e) At locations other than the plastic hinges
identified in C.1(b), moments shall not C.3.3 The 𝑃𝑢 corresponding to load combination
exceed the strengths assigned in C.1(d) 5 of Section 2.3.2 of SBC 301 shall not exceed a
using the assumptions of C.1(c). compressive stress of 0.3𝑓𝑚′ 𝐴𝑔 at plastic hinges in
the controlling mechanism.
C.2—Mechanism strength
SBC 305-CR-18 91
APPENDIX D—MASONRY FIREPLACES
D.1—General. Dia 12 vertical bars shall be provided for each

additional 1000 mm in width or fraction thereof.
The construction of masonry fireplaces, consisting
of concrete or masonry, shall be in accordance with D.4.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical
this Appendix. reinforcement shall be placed enclosed within 6 mm
ties or other reinforcing of equivalent net cross-
D.2—Fireplace drawings. sectional area, spaced not to exceed 450 mm on
The construction documents shall describe in center in concrete; or placed in the bed joints of unit
sufficient detail the location, size and con- masonry at a minimum of every 450 mm of vertical
struction of masonry fireplaces. The thickness height. Two such ties shall be provided at each bend
in the vertical bars.
and characteristics of materials and the
clearances from walls, partitions and ceilings D.5—Seismic anchorage
shall be indicated. Masonry fireplaces and foundations shall be
D.3—Footings and foundations. anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more
than 1800 mm above grade with two 5 mm by 25
Footings for masonry fireplaces and their chimneys mm straps embedded a minimum of 300 mm into
shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry at the chimney. Straps shall be hooked around the
least 300 mm thick and shall extend at least 150 mm outer bars and extend 150 mm beyond the bend.
beyond the face of the fireplace or foundation wall Each strap shall be fastened to a minimum of four
on all sides. Footings shall be founded on natural floor joists with two 13 mm bolts.
undisturbed earth or engineered fill below frost
depth. In areas not subjected to freezing, footings Exception: Seismic anchorage is not required for
shall be at least 300 mm below finished grade. the following:
D.3.1 Ash dump cleanout. Cleanout openings, (1) In structures assigned to Seismic Design
located within foundation walls below fireboxes, Category A or B.
when provided, shall be equipped with ferrous (2) Where the masonry fireplace is constructed
metal or masonry doors and frames constructed to completely within the exterior walls.
remain tightly closed, except when in use.
Cleanouts shall be accessible and located so that ash D.6—Firebox walls
removal will not create a hazard to combustible Masonry fireboxes shall be constructed of solid
materials. masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid,
D.4—Seismic reinforcement stone or concrete. When a lining of firebrick at least
50 mm in thickness or other approved lining is pro-
In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category vided, the minimum thickness of back and sidewalls
A or B, seismic reinforcement is not required. In shall each be 200 mm of solid masonry, including
structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C the lining. The width of joints between firebricks
or D, masonry fireplaces shall be reinforced and shall be not greater than 6 mm. When no lining is
anchored in accordance with Sections D.4.1, D.4.2 provided, the total minimum thickness of back and
and D.5. sidewalls shall be 250 mm of solid masonry.
D.4.1 Vertical reinforcing. For fireplaces with Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 27 or ASTM C
chimneys up to 1000 mm wide, four Dia 12 continu- 1261 and shall be laid with medium-duty refractory
ous vertical bars, anchored in the foundation, shall mortar conforming to ASTM C 199.
be placed in the concrete between wythes of solid D.6.1 Steel fireplace units. Steel fireplace units
masonry or within the cells of hollow unit masonry are permitted to be installed with solid masonry to
and grouted in accordance with Article 202 of TMS form a masonry fireplace provided they are
602/ACI530.1/ASCE6. For fireplaces with chim- installed according to either the requirements of
neys greater than 1000 mm wide, two additional
SBC 305-CR-18 92
their listing or the requirements of this section. Steel of front, back and sidewalls shall be 150 mm of
fireplace units incorporating a steel firebox lining solid masonry, including the lining. Firebrick shall
shall be constructed with steel not less than 6 mm in conform to ASTM C 1261 and shall be laid with
thickness, and an air-circulating chamber which is refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199.
ducted to the interior of the building. The firebox Vitrified clay linings shall conform to ASTM C
lining shall be encased with solid masonry to 315.
provide a total thickness at the back and sides of not
D.9.1 Smoke chamber dimensions. The inside
less than 200 mm, of which not less than 100 mm
height of the smoke chamber from the fireplace
shall be of solid masonry or concrete. Circulating
throat to the beginning of the flue shall be not
air ducts employed with steel fireplace units shall
greater than the inside width of the fireplace
be constructed of metal or masonry.
opening. The inside surface of the smoke chamber
D.7—Firebox dimensions shall not be inclined more than 45 degrees (0.76
rad) from vertical when prefabricated smoke cham-
The firebox of a concrete or masonry fireplace shall ber linings are used or when the smoke chamber
have a minimum depth of 500 mm. The throat shall walls are rolled or sloped rather than corbeled.
be not less than 200 mm above the fireplace
When the inside surface of the smoke chamber is
opening. The throat opening shall not be less than
formed by corbeled masonry, the walls shall not be
100 mm in depth. The cross-sectional area of the
corbeled more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from
passageway above the firebox, including the throat,
vertical.
damper and smoke chamber, shall be not less than
the cross-sectional area of the flue. D.10—Hearth and hearth extension
Exception: Rumford fireplaces shall be permitted Masonry fireplace hearths and hearth extensions
provided that the depth of the fireplace is not less shall be constructed of concrete or masonry,
than 300 mm and at least one-third of the width of supported by noncombustible materials, and
the fireplace opening, and the throat is not less than reinforced to carry their own weight and all
300 mm above the lintel, and at least 1/20, the imposed loads. No combustible material shall
cross-sectional area of the fireplace opening. remain against the underside of hearths or hearth
extensions after construction.
D.8—Lintel and throat
D.10.1 Hearth thickness. The minimum thickness
Masonry over a fireplace opening shall be of fireplace hearths shall be 100 mm.
supported by a lintel of noncombustible material.
The minimum required bearing length on each end D.10.2 Hearth extension thickness. The minimum
of the fireplace opening shall be 100 mm. The thickness of hearth extensions shall be 50 mm.
fireplace throat or damper shall be located not less Exception: When the bottom of the firebox opening
than 200 mm above the top of the fireplace opening. is raised not less than 200 mm above the top of the
D.8.1 Damper. Masonry fireplaces shall be hearth extension, a hearth extension of not less than
equipped with a ferrous metal damper located not 10 mm brick, concrete, stone, tile or other approved
less than 200 mm above the top of the fireplace noncombustible material is permitted.
opening. Dampers shall be installed in the fireplace
D.11—Hearth extension dimensions
or at the top of the flue venting the fireplace, and
shall be operable from the room containing the Hearth extensions shall extend not less than 400
fireplace. Damper controls shall be permitted to be mm in front of, and not less than 200 mm beyond,
located in the fireplace. each side of the fireplace opening. Where the
fireplace opening is 0.6 m2 or larger, the hearth
D.9—Smoke chamber walls extension shall extend not less than 500 mm in front
Smoke chamber walls shall be constructed of solid of, and not less than 300 mm beyond, each side of
masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, the fireplace opening.
stone or concrete. The total minimum thickness of
D.12—Fireplace clearance
front, back and sidewalls shall be 200 mm of solid
masonry. The inside surface shall be parged smooth Any portion of a masonry fireplace located in the
with refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199. interior of a building or within the exterior wall of
When a lining of firebrick not less than 50 mm a building shall have a clearance to combustibles of
thick, or a lining of vitrified clay not less than 16 not less than 50 mm from the front faces and sides
mm thick, is provided, the total minimum thickness of masonry fireplaces and not less than 100 mm
SBC 305-CR-18 93
from the back faces of masonry fireplaces. The fastened in place. The fire blocking of spaces
airspace shall not be filled, except to provide fire between wood joists, beams or headers shall be to a
blocking in accordance with Section D.13. depth of 25 mm and shall only be placed on strips
of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces between
Exceptions:
combustible material and the chimney.
(1) Masonry fireplaces listed and labeled for
use in contact with combustibles in D.14—Exterior air
accordance with UL 127 and installed in Factory-built or masonry fireplaces covered in this
accordance with the manufacturer's section shall be equipped with an exterior air supply
instructions are permitted to have to ensure proper fuel combustion unless the room is
combustible material in contact with their mechanically ventilated and controlled so that the
exterior surfaces. indoor pressure is neutral or positive.
(2) When masonry fireplaces are constructed D.14.1 Factory-built fireplaces — Exterior
as part of masonry or concrete walls, combustion air ducts for factory-built fireplaces
combustible materials shall not be in shall be listed components of the fireplace, and
contact with the masonry or concrete walls installed according to the fireplace manufacturer's
less than 300 mm from the inside surface instructions.
of the nearest firebox lining.
D.14.2 Masonry fireplaces — Listed combustion
(3) Exposed combustible trim and the edges of air ducts for masonry fireplaces shall be installed
sheathing materials, such as wood siding, according to the terms of their listing and
flooring and drywall, are permitted to abut manufacturer's instructions.
the masonry fireplace sidewalls and hearth
D.14.3 Exterior air intake — The exterior air
extension, in accordance with Figure D.1,
intake shall be capable of providing all combustion
provided such combustible trim or
air from the exterior of the dwelling. The exterior
sheathing is not less than 300 mm from the
air intake shall not be located within a garage, attic,
inside surface of the nearest firebox lining.
basement or crawl space of the dwelling nor shall
(4) Exposed combustible mantels or trim is the air intake be located at an elevation higher than
permitted to be placed directly on the the firebox. The exterior air intake shall be covered
masonry fireplace front surrounding the with a corrosion-resistant screen of 6 mm mesh.
fireplace opening, provided such
combustible materials shall not be placed D.14.4 Clearance — Unlisted combustion air ducts
within 150 mm of a fireplace opening. shall be installed with a minimum 25 mm clearance
to combustibles for all parts of the duct within 1500
Combustible material directly above and
mm of the duct outlet.
within 300 mm of the fireplace opening
shall not project more than 3 mm for each D.14.5 Passageway — The combustion air
25 mm distance from such opening. passageway shall be not less than 3870 mm2 and
Combustible materials located along the not more than 0.035 m2 , except that combustion air
sides of the fireplace opening that project systems for listed fireplaces or for fireplaces tested
more than 38 mm from the face of the for emissions shall be constructed according to the
fireplace shall have an additional clearance fireplace manufacturer's instructions.
equal to the projection.
D.14.6 Outlet — The exterior air outlet is
D.13—Fireplace fire blocking permitted to be located in the back or sides of the
firebox chamber or within 600 mm of the firebox
All spaces between fireplaces and floors and
opening on or near the floor. The outlet shall be
ceilings through which fireplaces pass shall be fire
closable and designed to prevent burning material
blocked with noncombustible material securely
from dropping into concealed combustible spaces.
SBC 305-CR-18 94
TABLES AND FIGURES OF APPENDIX D
Figure D.1: Illustration of exception to fireplace clearance provision
SBC 305-CR-18 95
APPENDIX E—MASONRY HEATERS
APPENDIX E—MASONRY HEATERS
E.1—Definition Seismic reinforcing shall not be required within the

body of a masonry heater with a height that is equal
A masonry heater is a heating appliance constructed
to or less than 3.5 times its body width and where
of concrete or solid masonry, hereinafter referred to
the masonry chimney serving the heater is not
as "masonry", which is designed to absorb and store
supported by the body of the heater. Where the
heat from a solid fuel fire built in the firebox by
masonry chimney shares a common wall with the
routing the exhaust gases through internal heat facing of the masonry heater, the chimney portion
exchange channels in which the flow path
of the structure shall be reinforced in accordance
downstream of the firebox may include flow in a
with Appendix F.
horizontal or downward direction before entering
the chimney and which delivers heat by radiation E.5—Masonry heater clearance
from the masonry surface of the heater.
Combustible materials shall not be placed within
E.2—Installation 900 mm or the distance of the allowed reduction
method from the outside surface of a masonry
Masonry heaters shall be installed in accordance heater in accordance with NFPA 211, Section 12.6,
with this Appendix and comply with one of the fol-
and the required space between the heater and
lowing:
combustible material shall be fully vented to permit
(1) Masonry heaters shall comply with the the free flow of air around all heater surfaces.
requirements of ASTM E 1602.
Exceptions:
(2) Masonry heaters shall be listed and labeled
(1) Where the masonry heater wall thickness is
in accordance with UL 1482 or EN 15250
at least 200 mm of solid masonry and the
and installed in accordance with the
wall thickness of the heat exchange
manufacturer's instructions.
channels is not less than 125 mm of solid
E.3—Footings and foundation masonry, combustible materials shall not
be placed within 100 mm of the outside
The firebox floor of a masonry heater shall be a surface of a masonry heater. A clearance of
minimum thickness of 100 mm of noncombustible not less than 200 mm shall be provided
material and be supported on a noncombustible between the gas-tight capping slab of the
footing and foundation in accordance with Section heater and a combustible ceiling.
F3.
(2) Masonry heaters listed and labeled in
E.4—Seismic reinforcing accordance with UL 1482 or EN 15250 and
In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category installed in accordance with the
D, E or F, masonry heaters shall be anchored to the manufacturer's instructions.
masonry foundation in accordance with Section F3.
SBC 305-CR-18 96
APPENDIX F—MASONRY CHIMNEYS
Masonry chimneys and foundations shall be

F.1—General anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more
The construction of masonry chimneys consisting than 1800 mm above grade with two 5 mm by 25
of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units mm straps embedded not less than 300 mm into the
grouted solid, stone or concrete shall be in chimney. Straps shall be hooked around the outer
accordance with this Appendix. bars and extend 150 mm beyond the bend. Each
strap shall be fastened to not less than four floor
F.2—Footings and foundations joists with two 13 mm bolts.
Footings for masonry chimneys shall be constructed Exception: Seismic anchorage is not required for
of concrete or solid masonry not less than 300 mm the following;
thick and shall extend at least 150 mm beyond the
face of the foundation or support wall on all sides. (1) In structures assigned to Seismic Design
Footings shall be founded on natural undisturbed Category A or B.
earth or engineered fill below frost depth. In areas (2) Where the masonry fireplace is constructed
not subjected to freezing, footings shall be not less completely within the exterior walls.
than 300 mm below finished grade.
F.5—Corbeling
F.3—Seismic reinforcement
Masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled more than
In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category half of the chimney's wall thickness from a wall or
A or B, seismic reinforcement is not required. In foundation, nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a
structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C wall or foundation that is less than 300 mm in
or D, masonry chimneys shall be reinforced and thickness unless it projects equally on each side of
anchored in accordance with Sections F.3.1, F.3.2 the wall, except that on the second story of a two-
and F.4. story dwelling, corbeling of chimneys on the
F.3.1 Vertical reinforcement. For chimneys up to exterior of the enclosing walls is permitted to equal
1000 mm wide, four Dia 12 continuous vertical bars the wall thickness. The projection of a single course
anchored in the foundation shall be placed in the shall not exceed one-half the unit height or one-
concrete between wythes of solid masonry or within third of the unit bed depth, whichever is less.
the cells of hollow unit masonry and grouted in F.6—Changes in dimension
accordance with Article 2.2 of TMS
602/ACI530.1/ASCE6. Grout shall be prevented The chimney wall or chimney flue lining shall not
from bonding with the flue liner so that the flue liner change in size or shape within 150 mm above or
is free to move with thermal expansion. For below where the chimney passes through floor
chimneys greater than 1000 mm wide, two components, ceiling components or roof com-
additional Dia 12 vertical bars shall be provided for ponents.
each additional 1000 mm in width or fraction
F.7—Offsets
thereof.
Where a masonry chimney is constructed with a
F.3.2 Horizontal reinforcement. Vertical
fireclay flue liner surrounded by one wythe of
reinforcement shall be placed enclosed within 6 mm
masonry, the maximum offset shall be such that the
ties, or other reinforcing of equivalent net cross-
centerline of the flue above the offset does not
sectional area, spaced not to exceed 450 mm on
extend beyond the center of the chimney wall below
center in concrete, or placed in the bed joints of unit
the offset. Where the chimney offset is supported by
masonry, at not less than every 450 mm of vertical
masonry below the offset in an approved manner,
height. Two such ties shall be provided at each bend
the maximum offset limitations shall not apply.
in the vertical bars.
Each individual corbeled masonry course of the
F.4—Seismic anchorage
SBC 305-CR-18 97
offset shall not exceed the projection limitations F.11—Flue lining (material)
specified in Section F5.
Masonry chimneys shall be lined. The lining
F.8—Additional load material shall be appropriate for the type of
appliance connected, according to the terms of the
Chimneys shall not support loads other than their
appliance listing and the manufacturer's
own weight unless they are designed and con-
instructions.
structed to support the additional load. Masonry
chimneys are permitted to be constructed as part of F.11.1 Residential-type appliances (general). Flue
the masonry walls or concrete walls of the building. lining systems shall comply with one of the
following:
F.9—Termination
(1) Clay flue lining complying with the
Chimneys shall extend not less than 600 mm higher
requirements of ASTM C 315.
than any portion of the building within 3000 mm,
but shall not be less than 900 mm above the highest (2) Listed chimney lining systems complying
point where the chimney passes through the roof. with UL 1777.
F.9.1 Chimney caps. Masonry chimneys shall (3) Factory-built chimneys or chimney units
have a concrete, metal or stone cap, sloped to shed listed for installation within masonry
water, a drip edge and a caulked bond break around chimneys.
any flue liners in accordance with ASTM C 1283. (4) Other approved materials that will resist
F.9.2 Spark arrestors. Where a spark arrestor is corrosion, erosion, softening or cracking
installed on a masonry chimney, the spark arrestor from flue gases and condensate at
shall meet all of the following requirements: temperatures up to 982°C.
(1) The net free area of the arrestor shall be not F.11.1.1 Flue linings for specific appliances. Flue
less than four times the net free area of the linings other than those covered in Section F.11.1
outlet of the chimney flue it serves. intended for use with specific appliances shall
comply with Sections F.11.1.2 through F.11.1.4 and
(2) The arrestor screen shall have heat and
Sections F.11.2 and F.11.3.
corrosion resistance equivalent to 19-gage
galvanized steel or 24-gage stainless steel. F.11.1.2 Gas appliances. Flue lining systems for
gas appliances shall be in accordance with the
(3) Openings shall not permit the passage of
International Fuel Gas Code.
spheres having a diameter greater than 13
mm nor block the passage of spheres F.11.1.3 Pellet fuel-burning appliances. Flue lining
having a diameter less than 10 mm. and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with
pellet fuel-burning appliances shall be limited to
(4) The spark arrestor shall be accessible for
flue lining systems complying with Section F.11.1
cleaning and the screen or chimney cap
and pellet vents listed for installation within
shall be removable to allow for cleaning of
masonry chimneys (see Section F.11.1.5 for
the chimney flue.
marking).
F.9.3 Rain caps. Where a masonry or metal rain
F.11.1.4 Oil-fired appliances approved for use with
cap is installed on a masonry chimney, the net free L-vent. Flue lining and vent systems for use in
area under the cap shall be not less than four times masonry chimneys with oil-fired appliances
the net free area of the outlet of the chimney flue it
approved for use with Type L vent shall be limited
serves.
to flue lining systems complying with Section
F.10—Wall thickness F.11.1 and listed chimney liners complying with UL
641 (see Section F.11.1.5 for marking).
Masonry chimney walls shall be constructed of
concrete, solid masonry units or hollow masonry F.11.1.5 Notice of usage. When a flue is relined
units grouted solid with not less than 100 mm with a material not complying with Section F.11.1,
nominal thickness. the chimney shall be plainly and permanently
identified by a label attached to a wall, ceiling or
F.10.1 Masonry veneer chimneys. Where masonry other conspicuous location adjacent to where the
is used as veneer for a framed chimney, through connector enters the chimney. The label shall
flashing and weep holes shall be provided as include the following message or equivalent
required by CHAPTER 12.
SBC 305-CR-18 98
language: "This chimney is for use only with (type F.11.3.4 Termination height. Concrete and
or category of appliance) that burns (type of fuel). masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances shall
Do not connect other types of appliances." extend not less than 6100 mm higher than any
portion of any building within 15200 mm.
F.11.2 Concrete and masonry chimneys for
medium-heat appliances. F.11.3.5 Clearance. Concrete and masonry chim-
neys for high-heat appliances shall have approved
F.11.2.1 General. Concrete and masonry chimneys
clearance from buildings and structures to prevent
for medium-heat appliances shall comply with
overheating combustible materials, permit
Sections F1 through F5.
inspection and maintenance operations on the
F.11.2.2 Construction. Chimneys for medium-heat chimney and prevent danger of burns to persons.
appliances shall be constructed of solid masonry
units or of concrete with walls not less than 200 mm F.12—Clay flue lining (installation)
thick, or with stone masonry not less than 300 mm Clay flue liners shall be installed in accordance with
thick ASTM C 1283 and extend from a point not less than
F.11.2.3 Lining. Concrete and masonry chimneys 203 mm below the lowest inlet or, in the case of
shall be lined with an approved medium-duty fireplaces, from the top of the smoke chamber to a
refractory brick not less than 110 mm thick laid on point above the enclosing walls. The lining shall be
the 110 mm in an approved medium-duty refractory carried up vertically, with a maximum slope no
mortar. The lining shall start 600 mm or more below greater than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from the vertical.
the lowest chimney connector entrance. Chimneys Clay flue liners shall be laid in medium-duty non
terminating 7500 mm or less above a chimney water-soluble refractory mortar conforming to
connector entrance shall be lined to the top. ASTM C 199 with tight mortar joints left smooth
F.11.2.4 Multiple passageway. Concrete and on the inside and installed to maintain an airspace
masonry chimneys containing more than one or insulation not to exceed the thickness of the flue
passageway shall have the liners separated by a liner separating the flue liners from the interior face
minimum 100 mm concrete or solid masonry wall. of the chimney masonry walls. Flue lining shall be
supported on all sides. Only enough mortar shall be
F.11.2.5 Termination height. Concrete and placed to make the joint and hold the liners in
masonry chimneys for medium-heat appliances position.
shall extend not less than 3000 mm higher than any
portion of any building within 7500 mm. F.13—Additional requirements
F.11.2.6 Clearance. A minimum clearance of 100 F.13.1 Listed materials. Listed materials used as
mm shall be provided between the exterior surfaces flue linings shall be installed in accordance with the
of a concrete or masonry chimney for medium-heat terms of their listings and the manufacturer's
appliances and combustible material. instructions.
F.11.3 Concrete and masonry chimneys for high- F.13.2 Space around lining. The space
heat appliances. surrounding a chimney lining system or vent
installed within a masonry chimney shall not be
F.11.3.1 General. Concrete and masonry chimneys used to vent any other appliance.
for high-heat appliances shall comply with Sections
F1 through F5. Exception: This shall not prevent the installation of
a separate flue lining in accordance with the
F.11.3.2 Construction. Chimneys for high-heat manufacturer's instructions.
appliances shall be constructed with double walls of
solid masonry units or of concrete, each wall to be F.14—Multiple flues
not less than 200 mm thick with a minimum air- When two or more flues are located in the same
space of 50 mm between the walls. chimney, masonry wythes shall be built between
F.11.3.3 Lining. The inside of the interior wall shall adjacent flue linings. The masonry wythes shall be
be lined with an approved high-duty refractory at least 100 mm thick and bonded into the walls of
brick, not less than 110 mm thick laid on the 110 the chimney.
mm in an approved high-duty refractory mortar. Exception: When venting only one appliance, two
The lining shall start at the base of the chimney and flues are permitted to adjoin each other in the same
extend continuously to the top. chimney with only the flue lining separation
SBC 305-CR-18 99
between them. The joints of the adjacent flue F.18—Masonry chimney cleanout
linings shall be staggered not less than 100 mm. openings
F.15—Flue area (appliance) Cleanout openings shall be provided within 150
Chimney flues shall not be smaller in area than the mm of the base of each flue within every masonry
area of the connector from the appliance. Chimney chimney. The upper edge of the cleanout shall be
flues connected to more than one appliance shall be located not less than 150 mm below the lowest
not less than the area of the largest connector plus chimney inlet opening. The height of the opening
50 percent of the areas of additional chimney shall be not less than 150 mm. The cleanout shall be
connectors. provided with a noncombustible cover.
Exceptions: Exception: Chimney flues serving masonry

fireplaces, where cleaning is possible through the
(1) Chimney flues serving oil-fired appliances fireplace opening.
sized in accordance with NFPA 31.
F.19—Chimney clearances
(2) Chimney flues serving gas-fired appliances
sized in Any portion of a masonry chimney located in the
accordance with the International Fuel Gas interior of the building or within the exterior wall of
Code. the building shall have a minimum airspace
clearance to combustibles of 50 mm. Chimneys
F.16—Flue area (masonry fireplace). located entirely outside the exterior walls of the
Flue sizing for chimneys serving fireplaces shall be building, including chimneys that pass through the
in accordance with Section F.16.1 or F.16.2. soffit or cornice, shall have a minimum airspace
clearance of 25 mm. The airspace shall not be filled,
F.16.1 Minimum area. Round chimney flues shall except to provide fire blocking in accordance with
have a minimum net cross-sectional area of not less Section F20.
than 1/12 of the fireplace opening. Square chimney
flues shall have a minimum net cross-sectional area Exceptions:
of not less than 1/10 of the fireplace opening. (1) Masonry chimneys equipped with a
Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio less chimney lining system listed and labeled
than 2 to 1 shall have a minimum net cross-sectional for use in chimneys in contact with
area of not less than 1/10 of the fireplace opening. combustibles in accordance with UL 1777,
Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio of 2 and installed in accordance with the
to 1 or more shall have a minimum net cross- manufacturer's instructions, are permitted
sectional area of not less than 1/8 of the fireplace to have combustible material in contact
opening. with their exterior surfaces.
F.16.2 Determination of minimum area. The mini- (2) Where masonry chimneys are constructed
mum net cross-sectional area of the flue shall be as part of masonry or concrete walls,
determined in accordance with Figure F.1. A flue combustible materials shall not be in
size providing not less than the equivalent net cross- contact with the masonry or concrete wall
sectional area shall be used. Cross-sectional areas less than 300 mm from the inside surface
of clay flue linings are as provided in Table F.1 and of the nearest flue lining.
Table F.2 or as provided by the manufacturer or as
(3) Exposed combustible trim and the edges of
measured in the field. The height of the chimney
sheathing materials, such as wood siding,
shall be measured from the firebox floor to the top
are permitted to abut the masonry chimney
of the chimney flue.
sidewalls, in accordance with Figure F.2,
F.17—Inlet provided such combustible trim or
sheathing is not less than 300 mm from the
Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter from the
inside surface of the nearest flue lining.
side. Inlets shall have a thimble of fireclay, rigid
Combustible material and trim shall not
refractory material or metal that will prevent the
overlap the corners of the chimney by more
connector from pulling out of the inlet or from
than 25 mm.
extending beyond the wall of the liner.
F.20—Chimney fire blocking
SBC 305-CR-18 100

All spaces between chimneys and floors and between wood joists, beams or headers shall be self-
ceilings through which chimneys pass shall be fire supporting or be placed on strips of metal or metal
blocked with noncombustible material securely lath laid across the spaces between combustible
fastened in place. The fire blocking of spaces material and the chimney.
SBC 305-CR-18 101

TABLES AND FIGURES OF APPENDIX F
Table F.1: Net cross-sectional area of round flue sizesa

FLUE SIZE, INSIDE DIAMETER CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA
(mm) (mm2 )
150 17670
175 24050
200 31415
250 49090
269 56830
300 70685
375 110445
450 159045
a
Flue sizes are based on ASTM C 315.
Table F.2: Net cross-sectional area of square and rectangular flue sizes
FLUE SIZE, OUTSIDE NOMINAL CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA
DIMENSIONS (mm) (mm2 )
114 × 216 14838

114 × 330 21935
203 × 203 27096
216 × 216 31613
203 × 305 43226
216 × 330 49032
305 × 305 65806
216 × 457 65161
330 × 330 81991
305 × 406 84516
330 × 457 111613
406 × 406 116774
406 × 508 143225
457 × 457 150322
508 × 508 192258
508 × 609 216129
609 × 609 278063
SBC 305-CR-18 102

Figure F.1: Flue sizes for masonry chimneys
Figure F.2: Illustration of exception three chimney clearance provision
SBC 305-CR-18 103

SBC Code 305 Masonary

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SBC Code 305 Masonary

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SBC Code 305 Masonary

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Saudi Building Code for Masonry Structures

TECHNICAL EDITING COMMITTEE:

1 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Chairman

It is a common assumption that engineering knowledge is a prerequisite in understanding code

SBC 305-CR-18 iii

Chapter 1. General Requirements—This chapter includes a number of provisions that explain

Chapter 8. Allowable Stress Design of Masonry—This chapter provides requirements for

Chapter 9. Strength Design of Masonry—This chapter provides minimum requirements for

Appendix B. Design of Masonry Infill—Appendix B provides minimum requirements for the

Appendix F. Masonry Chimneys—The construction of masonry chimneys consisting of solid

SBC 305-CR-18 vii

PREFACE TO SBC 305-18 ................................................................................................................................ III

SBC 305-CR-18 viii

CHAPTER 10 —PRESTRESSED MASONRY ................................................................................................. 56

D.7 —FIREBOX DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 93

CHAPTER 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

(i) Size and permitted location of conduits,

CHAPTER 2—NOTATION AND DEFINITIONS

2.1—Notation 𝐵𝑣𝑛𝑏 nominal shear strength of an anchor bolt

𝑃𝑒 Euler buckling load, N 𝑊𝑇 dimension of the tributary length of wall,

CHAPTER 3—QUALITY AND CONSTRUCTION

3.1.6.1 Compliance with 𝑓𝑚′ — Compressive

Table 3.1: Level A Quality Assurance

Table 3.2: Level B Quality Assurance

MINIMUM SPECIAL INSPECTION

3. Prior to grouting, verify that the following

c. Placement of reinforcement, connectors, X Sec. 6.1, 6.2.1, Art. 3.2 E, 3.4,

d. Proportions of site-prepared grout. Art. 2.6 B,

e. Construction of mortar joints X Art. 3.3 B

Table 3.2: Level B Quality Assurance(Continued)

e. Placement of grout X Art. 3.5, 3.6 C

Table 3.3: Level C Quality Assurance

g. Size and location of structural elements X Art. 3.3 F

k. Placement of AAC masonry units and construction of X Art. 3.3 B.9,

Table 3.4: Grout space requirements

PART 2—DESIGN REQUIREMENT

CHAPTER 4—GENERAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

4.1.6.1 Flanges of intersecting walls designed in

4.1.4.3 Devices used for transferring lateral support

4.2.2.3 AAC masonry 4.3.1.1 Members shall be designed using section

Clay masonry 0.1 × 10−4 4.5—Masonry not laid in running bond

CHAPTER 5—STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

(c) Intersecting reinforced bond beams shall be

CHAPTER 6—REINFORCEMENT, METAL ACCESSORIES, AND

(a) Masonry face exposed to earth or weather: 50

6.2—Anchor bolts 6.2.3 Projected area for shear

Table 6.1: Minimum diameters of bend

Bar size and type Minimum diameter

Dia 10 through Dia 25 (Grade 350 or 420) 6 bar diameters

Table 6.2: Physical properties of steel reinforcing wire

Table 6.3: Physical properties of steel reinforcing bars

Bar designation Nominal Nominal Nominal mass,

CHAPTER 7—SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

7.3.2 Participating elements — Masonry walls that

7.3.2.4 Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls — sectional area of horizontal

Detailed Plain (Unreinforced) Section 11.2 Section 7.3.2.8.1 SDC A and B

PART 3—ENGINEERED DESIGN METHOD

CHAPTER 8—ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN OF MASONRY

the smaller of the values determined by Equation 8-1

8.1.3 Anchor bolts embedded in grout